The Nepalese Version of the Suśrutasaṃhitā, Śārīrasthāna, based on the Nepalese MSS, new edition (NE)

Published in 2020-2022 by The Suśruta Project in The University of Alberta.

Siglum: NE

hhtolxmlrp

NE
A₁₉₃₁
K
N
H
L

[Śārīrasthāna]

[Adhyāya 1. Draft based on MS H]

1931 ed., 3.1.1athātaḥ sarvvabhūtacintāṃ śārīraṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

L: sarvabhūtañ cintāśā° A₁₉₃₁: °cintāśārīraṃ K: vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

From here on, the text is a duplicate of NAK 5-333, waiting to be edited. KL699 is a witness only for the first line, above.

K A₁₉₃₁: add yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ || L: add athovāca bhaga⸤vān dhanvantaritaḥ |

1931 ed., 3.1.3sarvvabhūtānāṅ kāraṇam akāraṇaṃ satvarajastamolakṣaṇam aṣṭarūpam akhilasyāsya jagataḥ sa|| ||mbhavahetur avyaktannāma || tad ekam anekeṣāṃ kṣetrajñānām adhiṣṭhānāṃ | samudra ivodakaujasām bhāvānāṃ

K L: add atha khalv avarma sa suśruta L: kāriṇam | N: °mo kṣaṇlakṣaṇam L: om a° N: aṣṭarūpām A₁₉₃₁, L: akhilasya N: akhilasyacsya A₁₉₃₁, N: saṃbha° L: saṃbhavihectur A₁₉₃₁: avyaktaṃ nāma | L: avyaktan nāma . A₁₉₃₁: bahūnāṃ A₁₉₃₁, N, L: adhiṣṭhānaṃadhiṣṭhānaṃ |adhiṣṭhānam N: ivāda° A₁₉₃₁, L: ivaudakānāṃivaudackānām N: bhāvānān

1931 ed., 3.1.4tasmād avyaktān mahān utpadyate talliṅga eva | talliṅgāc ca mahatas tallakṣaṇa evāhaṅkāra utpadyate | sa trividho vaikārikas taijaso bhūtādir iti | tatra vaikārikād ahaṃkārāt tallakṣaṇāny evaikādaśendriyāṇy utpadyante || tadyathā || śrotraṃ tvak cakṣur jjihvā ghrāṇo vāg ghastopasthapāyupādamanānsīti | tatra pūrvvāṇi pañca vuddhīndriyāṇi | itarāṇi pañca karmmendriyāṇi | ubhayātmakam manaḥ | bhūtādes tallakṣaṇāny eva pañcatanmātrāṇy utpadyante || tadyathā || śabdatanmātraṃ | sparśatanmātraṃ | rūpatanmātraṃ | rasatanmātraṃ | gandhatanmātram iti | tebhyo bhūtāni vyomānilānalajalor vvyastebhyas tadviśeṣāḥ śabdasparśarūparasagandhāḥ | evam etāni caturvviṃśati tatvāni vyākhyātāni bhavanti |

K N: avyaktāmma° L: etal liṃgāc L: caṃ N: mahātastalla° N: trividhau A₁₉₃₁, L: vaikārikastaijaso N: vaikārikaste⸤jaso A₁₉₃₁: °kādahaṅkārāttaijasasahāyāt A₁₉₃₁: enaikā° L: evaikādeśen° A₁₉₃₁, N, L: tad yathātad yathā ---ta~~thya~~d yathā | A₁₉₃₁: śrotratvakcakṣurjihvāghrāṇavāgghastopasthapāyupādamanāṃsīti, N: śrotratvakcackṣujihvāghrāṇovāgmastopasthapāyupādamanāṃsīti | L: śrotra⸤tvacakṣujihvāghrāṇavāghghastopasthapāyupādamanāṃsi A₁₉₃₁, L: buddhīn°bu⸤ddhīn° L: karmmondri° A₁₉₃₁: add api taijasasahāyāt A₁₉₃₁, N, L: tad yathātad yathā ---tad yathā ||tad yathā . L: sparśśatan° N: °mā L: om A₁₉₃₁: teṣāṃ A₁₉₃₁: add viśeṣāṃ L: te A₁₉₃₁: om N: vyomanilānalajalorvyas tebhyastadvi° L: sas A₁₉₃₁: viśeṣāḥ A₁₉₃₁: °gandhāḥ; tebhyo bhūtāni vyomānilānalajalorvyaḥ; A₁₉₃₁: eṣā L: add tatvāni N: caturviṅśati A₁₉₃₁: tattvacaturviṃśatir L: °śatir A₁₉₃₁: om °ni bhavanti | L: om

1931 ed., 3.1.5tatra buddhīndriyāṇāṃ śabdādayo viṣayāḥ | karmmendriyāṇāṃ yathāsaṃkhyāvacanādān ānandavisarggaviharaṇāni |

K L: viṣayoḥ . N: yathāsaṃkhyavacanādānānan° A₁₉₃₁: yathāsaṅkhyaṃ vacanādānānan° L: yathāsaṃkhyaṃ vacanādānānandavisargavicā⸤raṇāni |

1931 ed., 3.1.6avyaktam mahān ahaṃkāraḥ pañcatanmātrāṇi cety aṣṭau prakṛtayaḥ śeṣāḥ ṣoḍaśavikārāḥ

K L: a~~rva~~vyakta A₁₉₃₁: mahānahaṅ° L: mahcānahaṃkārāḥ . N: ceṣṭaty A₁₉₃₁, N, L: ṣoḍaśa vikārāḥṣoḍaśa vikārāḥ ||ṣoḍaśa vikārāḥ |

K A₁₉₃₁: svaḥ L: om A₁₉₃₁: svaś N: svaṃś A₁₉₃₁, N: caiṣāṃcaiṣāṃ A₁₉₃₁: viṣayo A₁₉₃₁: 'dhibhūtaṃ; N: adhyātmadhi° A₁₉₃₁: adhidaivataṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tu---budher N: buddhe A₁₉₃₁: brahyā, N: brahmī | A₁₉₃₁, N: rasanasyāpaḥrasanasyāpaḥ,rasanasyāpaḥ | H: rasanā...paḥ | N: vācogniḥ A₁₉₃₁, N: indraḥindraḥ,indraḥ |

1931 ed., 3.1.8tatra sarvva evācetanaḥ | eṣa varggaḥ | puruṣaś ca pañcaviṃśatitamaś cetayitā | sa tu karaṇakāryasaṃprayuktaḥ saty apy acetanye pradhānasya puruṣakaivalyārthān pravṛttim upadiśanti | kṣīrādīm̐ś cātra hetūr udāharanti ||

K L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om N: pañcaviṅśatiś L: °tikañ A₁₉₃₁: om L: so L: om A₁₉₃₁: kāryakāraṇasaṃyuktaś L: vikāry akācraṇasaṃyuktas N: °yuktāḥ | A₁₉₃₁: add cetayitā bhavati | N: satyapyācaitanye A₁₉₃₁, L: acaitanye L: pradhācne | L: puruṣasya ⸤kaivalyārtthāṃ A₁₉₃₁: °lyārthaṃ N: °lyārthām N: pravṛttam A₁₉₃₁, N: kṣīrādīṃś L: kṣīrādīñ A₁₉₃₁, L: hetūn N: hetūnudā°

1931 ed., 3.1.9ata ūrdhvam prakṛtipuruṣayoḥ sādharmmyavaidharmmye vyākhyāsyāmaḥ || ubhāv apy anādī ubhāv apy anantau | ubhāv apy anityau | ubhāv apy aparau ubhāv apy aliṅgau ubhau ca sarvvagatāv iti || ekā tu prakṛtir acetanā triguṇā vījadharmmiṇī prasavadharmminī madhyadharmmiṇī ceti | vahavas tu puruṣāś cetanāv antaḥ | aguṇā avījadharmmiṇo prasavadharmmiṇo madhyasthadharmmiṇaś ceti |

K A₁₉₃₁: vyākhyāsyāmaḥ | tadyathā --- L: add tadyathā | N: ubhāvapyanādī L: om N: amyanantau | L: anādī | A₁₉₃₁, L: aliṅgaualiṅgau,aLliṃgau | A₁₉₃₁: nityau, L: anantau | A₁₉₃₁: anaparau, N: aliṅge | L: nityau | N: °nātiguṇā A₁₉₃₁: bīja° L: bījadharmaṇī | A₁₉₃₁: °rmiṇy N: °rmiṇī L: amaddhyasthadharmmaṇī A₁₉₃₁, N: amadhyasthadha° A₁₉₃₁, L: bahavas N: puruṣā A₁₉₃₁: cetanāvanto N, L: cetanāvantaḥ | A₁₉₃₁: 'guṇā A₁₉₃₁: abījadharmāṇo L: abī⸤jadharmmiṇīḥ | N: abījadharmiṇo L: apra° A₁₉₃₁: °dharmāṇo L: maddhyasthāś A₁₉₃₁: °dharmāṇaś

1931 ed., 3.1.10tatra kāraṇānurūpaṃ kāryam iti kṛtvā sarvva evaite ca viśeṣāḥ | satvarajastamomayā bhavanti | tad añcanatvāt tanmayatvāc ca tadguṇe eva puruṣo bhavatīty eke bhāṣante

K A₁₉₃₁, N, L: om N: viśoṣāḥ | L: bhavantī | L: tadvyañjana° A₁₉₃₁, N: tadañjana° L: add taj L: janmatvāc A₁₉₃₁: tadguṇā N: tadguṇa L: tat⸤guṇā A₁₉₃₁, L: puruṣā A₁₉₃₁, L: bhavantītybhacvantī.ty N: bhavatītyeke ⸤

1931 ed., 3.1.11vaidyake tu || svabhāvo niyatiḥ kālaḥ pariṇāmastatheś caraḥ |
yadṛcchati ca manyante prakṛtim pṛthudarśiṇaḥ ||

K N, L: vaidikevaitadike A₁₉₃₁, L: svabhāvamsvacbhāvaṃ A₁₉₃₁: īśvaraṃ L: īśvaraḥ A₁₉₃₁: kālaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add yaddacchāṃ L: add yadracchā A₁₉₃₁: niyatiṃ tathā || L: niyatis tathā . N: °statheśvaraḥ | A₁₉₃₁: pariṇāmaṃ L: pariṇāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om N: yadṛccheti L: iti L: prāhuḥ L: om A₁₉₃₁, N, L: °rśinaḥ°rśinaḥ ||°rśinacḥ |°rśinaḥ |

1931 ed., 3.1.12tato jātāni bhūtāni tadguṇāny eva nirddiśet |
tebhyas tallakṣaṇaḥ kṛtsno bhūtagrāmaḥ prajāyate ||

K A₁₉₃₁: tanmayāny L: tamomayāni A₁₉₃₁: add eva L: tat_L⸤guṇāny A₁₉₃₁: cādiśet || L: lakṣayet . A₁₉₃₁, L: taiś A₁₉₃₁, L: add ca N: tallakṣaṇoḥ L: tallakṣaṇāḥ | L: kṛsnā L: bhūtagrāmāḥ N: bhūtāgrām apra° A₁₉₃₁: vyajanyata || L: prajajñire |

1931 ed., 3.1.13tasyopayogo bhihitaś cikitsām prati sarvvadā |
bhūtebhyo pi paran tasmān nāsti cintā cikitsite ||

K N: °yogobhi hitañ N: cikitsāmprati c N: bhūtebhyoṣiparet A₁₉₃₁, L: hi A₁₉₃₁: paraṃ L: parā L: add cintā A₁₉₃₁: yasmān L: yasmāt_ L: om

1931 ed., 3.1.14yato 'bhihitaṃ tat sambhavadravyasamūho bhūtādir ukta iti | bhautikāni cendriyāṇy āyurvvede varṇṇyante tathaivendriyārthāḥ ||

K N: bhihitan L: hitan L: om A₁₉₃₁: uktaḥ; L: iti c imāni L: āyurvecdadvido ubadanti | A₁₉₃₁: tathendriyārthaḥ || L: tathā . ⸤indriyārtthāṃś N: °yārthaḥ || L: add ca |

1931 ed., 3.1.15bhavati cātra || indriyair indriyārthaṃ tu svaṃ svaṃ gṛhṇāti mānavaḥ |
niyataṃ tulyayonitvān nāmyenānyam iti sthitiḥ ||

K L: bhak | A₁₉₃₁: indriyeṇendiyārthaṃ L: indriyeṇendiyartthaṃ N: iyandriyārthan N, L: niyatan A₁₉₃₁: °nitvānnānyenānyam N, L: nānyenānyamnānyenānyacm

1931 ed., 3.1.16na cāyurvvedaśāstreṣūpadiśyante || sarvvagatākṣetrajñanityāś ca asarvvagateṣu ca kṣetrajñeṣv anityeṣu ca puruṣākhyāpakān hetūn udāharanti | āyurvvedasiddhāntād asarvvagatā kṣetrajñā nityāś ca | tiryagyonimānuṣadeveṣu ca sañcaranti | dharmmādharmmanimittaṃ tu etenumānagrāhyāś carāḥ paramaśūkṣmāś cetanāvantaḥ śāśvatāḥ śukrārttavayoḥ sannipāteṣv abhivyajyante | yato 'bhihitam yañ ca mahābhūtaḥ śarīrasamavāyaḥ puruṣa iti | sa khalv eṣa karmmapuruṣaś cikitsāyām adhikṛtaḥ |

K A₁₉₃₁, L: sarvagatāḥ kṣetrajñā nityāśsarvagatāḥ kṣetrajñ⸤āḥ nityāś N: °trajñā nityāś L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: kṣetrajñeṣu A₁₉₃₁: nityapuruṣakhyā° L: om N: puruṣakhyāpakāṃ L: puruṣasaṃkhyātiprakārān N: tudā° L: °rantī | A₁₉₃₁: °daśāstrasiddhānteṣv L: °tāḥ A₁₉₃₁: °gatāḥ N: kṣetrajñā⸤'n N: ity āś L: anityāś A₁₉₃₁, L: om N: °mittan A₁₉₃₁, N: tata L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: ete nu°ete 'nu° N: ete numān agrāhyāś A₁₉₃₁, L: om N, L: paramasūkṣmāś A₁₉₃₁: paramasūkṣmāśceta° N: cetati nā° A₁₉₃₁: śāśvatā L: ca A₁₉₃₁: lohitaretasoḥ L: śo⸤ṇitanetasāṃ N: add sa L: sannipcādeṣu L: abhivyañjyante | N: pañcama° L: pañcamachābhūtaśa° A₁₉₃₁: pañcamahābhūtaśarīrisa° N: śarīrisa° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: eṣa(eva?) N: karmapuruṣaci° A₁₉₃₁: cikitsādhikṛtaḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.1.17tasya khalu sukhaduḥkhecchādveṣaprayatnaḥ prāṇāpānau vuddhir mmanaḥ saṃkalpo vicāraṇānusmṛtijñānam adhyavasāyo viṣayopalabdhiś ca guṇāḥ |

K A₁₉₃₁, L: om L: sukhaduḥ⸤kham icchādveṣau pra° A₁₉₃₁: sukhaduḥkhe icchādveṣau pra° N: °prapannaḥ A₁₉₃₁, L: add unmeṣanimeṣau N: add nimeṣonmeṣau A₁₉₃₁, L: buddhir A₁₉₃₁, L: °ṇā smṛtir vijñānam°ṇā | smṛtir vijñānam_ L: om a° L: add tu ~~dha~~

1931 ed., 3.1.18sātvikās tu ānṛśaṃsyaṃ samvibhāgarucitā titikṣā satyan dharmma āstikyaṃ jñānaṃ vuddhir mmedhā smṛtir anabhiṣvaṅgatā ca || rājasās tu duḥkhavahulatāghradānaṃ duḥśīlatvam akāruṇyam ānṛtikatvam ahaṃkāro dambho māno harṣaḥ kāmakrodhaś ceti || tāmasās tu viṣāditvaṃ nāstikyam adharmmaśīlatā vuddhinirodho 'jñānaṃ durmmedhastvam akarmmaśīlatā nidrālutvañ ceti ||

K A₁₉₃₁, L: saṃvibhā° N: °tātikṣāsatyaṃ A₁₉₃₁: satyaṃ L: satyadharmāv L: add vijñānaṃ A₁₉₃₁, L: buddhir L: mme⸤vā N: dhṛtir L: dhṛti A₁₉₃₁: add dhṛtir A₁₉₃₁: anabhiṣaṅgaś N: anabhicṣṭhaṅgatā L: nabhiṣagaś L: ceti N: °tā pradānaṃ L: duḥkhabahulatāṭanataraduśśīlatvam A₁₉₃₁: duḥkhabahulatā'ṭanaśīlatā 'dhṛtirahaṅkāra A₁₉₃₁: akāruṇyaṃ N: ahaṃkaro L: sam_bhamānacharṣa A₁₉₃₁: krodhaś L: krodha kāmāś L: add ca A₁₉₃₁: ca; L: bhavanti | N: nāmasās N: viśādinvan L: dha⸤rmmaśīlatat L: buddhi° A₁₉₃₁: buddher nidho N: °rodhojñānaṃ L: jñānan L: durmmedhatvam

1931 ed., 3.1.19antarikṣās tu śabdaśabdendriyaṃ sarvvacchidrasamūho viviktatā ca | vāyavyās tu sparśaḥ sparśendriyaṃ sarvvaceṣṭāsamūhaḥ sarvvaśarīspandaranaṃ laghutā ca | taijasās tu rūpaṃ rūpendriyaṃ varṇṇasantāpo bhrājiṣṇutā paktir amarṣas taikṣṇyañ ca | āpyās tu raso ca rasendriyaṃ sarvvadravasamūho gurutā śaityaṃ sneho retaś ca | pārthivās tu gandho gandhendriyaṃ sarvvamūrttisamūho gurutā ca |

K L: ⸤āntarikṣāstu A₁₉₃₁: āntarikṣāstu---śabdaḥ śa° L: śacbdaś śa° N: śabdaḥ sarvendriyaṃ L: sarvajidrasamūhe ra L: ⸤sparśa A₁₉₃₁: sparśondriyaṃ N: sparśendriyacsa° A₁₉₃₁, L: °rīraspandanaṃ°rīraspandanam N: °rīraspandanalaghutā N: tejasās L: add saṃ A₁₉₃₁, N: varṇaḥ san°varṇṇaḥ san° L: varṇasamūho L: drāji° N: bhrā⸤jiṣṭutāpaktir N: amarṣak N: add tat N: tai~~kṣṇ~~yañ A₁₉₃₁: add śauryaṃ L: add pīvyañ A₁₉₃₁, L: raso N: rasāra° A₁₉₃₁, L: rasanendriyaṃrasanendriyam_ L: om N: sarvamūrrtisa° A₁₉₃₁: sarvamūrtasa° A₁₉₃₁, L: ceticeti ||ceti |

1931 ed., 3.1.20tatra satvavahulam ākāśaṃ | rajovahulo vāyuḥ | satvarajovahulo 'gniḥ | satvatamovahula āpaḥ | tamovahulā pṛthivī ||

K A₁₉₃₁, L: sattvabahulamsatvabahulam N: ākāśāṃ | A₁₉₃₁, L: rajobahulorajoba⸤hulo A₁₉₃₁: °jobahulo L: °cjobahulāgniḥ N: °huclogniḥ | A₁₉₃₁, L: °mobahulā N: °hulo A₁₉₃₁, L: tamobahulā L: ⸤pṛthiviti | A₁₉₃₁: add ti ||

1931 ed., 3.1.21bhavati cātra ||

K A₁₉₃₁: ślokau N: bha || A₁₉₃₁: add bhavataḥ | L: add ślclokaḥ |

anyonyāni praviṣṭāni sarvvāṇy etāni nirddiśet |
sve sve dravyeṣu sarvveṣāṃ vyaktalakṣaṇam iṣyate ||

K N: anyo nyānupra° A₁₉₃₁, L: anyonyānupra° N: nirdiṣet | A₁₉₃₁, N, L: om

1931 ed., 3.1.22aṣṭau prakṛtayaḥ proktā vikārāś caiva ṣoḍaśa |
kṣetrajñāś ca samāsena svatantraparatantrata iti ||

K N: prakṛtaya L: prakṛtiya L: proktaḥ A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁: ṣoḍaśaiva tu || N: ṣoḍaśaḥ | L: ṣoḍaLśaiva L: add tu | A₁₉₃₁, N, L: kṣetrajñaśkṣectrajñaśkṣetrajñas L: tu N: sutantra pa° L: paratantrasvatantrataḥ || A₁₉₃₁: °trayoḥ||

śārīrasya prathamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

[Adhyāya 2: draft based on MS H (2023-07-29)]

1931 ed., 3.2.1 athātaḥ śukraśoṇitaviśuddhiṃ śārīraṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||*

K L: suśrutaḥ | A₁₉₃₁: °taśuddhiṃ L: om N: om

notes▲
- Witness N omits śārīraṃ, which offers a clearer syntax. Note that the 1931 and 1938 editions of the vulgate text offer two different solutions to the awkward phrase.

K A₁₉₃₁: add yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.2.3 vāta pitta śleṣma* śoṇita kuṇapa granthi pūti pūya kṣīṇa mūtra purīṣa retāṃsi prajotpādaneṣv asamarthāni bhavanti |

K L: e L: om L: om A₁₉₃₁: retasaḥ A₁₉₃₁: °ne A₁₉₃₁: na samarthā L: asamanyāni N: aśagarthā

notes▲
- The 1931 and 1938 editions of the SS by Ācārya have different readings at this point. śonita is included in the 1931 edition but omitted in the 1938 edition. There also seems to be some textual confusion between granthi and gandhi in the next passage.

K N: om N, L: om N: ⸤ tena | L: om N: °danām L: doṣanimitt⸤āni N: pattena | L: svarṇavedanābhicr N: °danaśleṣmaṇā | L: om N: °varṇṇa A₁₉₃₁: °varṇavedanaṃ L: vijñeyāni | A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁, L: kuṇapagandhyanalpaṃkuṇapagandhyanalpam_ L: om L: pūtipūyācbham_ A₁₉₃₁: pittaśleṣmabhyāṃ, A₁₉₃₁: kṣīṇaṃ prāg uktaṃ L: kṣīṇaṃ N: kṣīṇaśukrapi° L: prāg N: mūtrāpu° L: uktacm_ puriṣa° A₁₉₃₁, L: °teneti | N: kulaṇaṇapa L: gandhi L: om N: pūraya A₁₉₃₁: add kṣīṇa L: retāṃsi A₁₉₃₁: °dhyāh, L: °ddhyāni L: puriṣaretas N: om °sas… | A₁₉₃₁: asādhyāḥ iti || L: asāddhyam iti |

1931 ed., 3.2.5 ārttavam api tribhir ddoṣaiḥ śoṇitacaturthaih pṛthak dvandvais tribhiḥ samastaiś copasṛṣṭam abījan bhavati | tad api doṣavarṇṇavedanābhir vvijñeyaṃ | teṣu kuṇapagranthipūtipūyaprakāśan tad asādhyaṃ sādhyam anyac ceti ||

K N: om N: om L: iti N: ⸤bhir N, L: °turthaiḥ°turtthair L: om A₁₉₃₁: pṛthagdvandvaiḥ N: pṛthakdvandvais A₁₉₃₁, L: om L: copasṛṣṭabījam_ A₁₉₃₁, N: abījaṃabījam H: avījan L: bī⸤jam H: add na A₁₉₃₁: °nādibhir N: °nāticbhir L: °grandhipūyaprakāśaṃ A₁₉₃₁: °yakṣīṇamūtrapurīṣaprakāśam N: °śat A₁₉₃₁, L: om L: kṛcchrasā⸤ddhyaṃ L: add puriṣārttavam L: acsāddhyaṃ N: anya~~c ce~~ti || L: om

1931 ed., 3.2.6 bhavati cātra ||
teṣv ādyāñ śukradoṣāṃs trīn snehasvedādibhir jjayet |
kriyāviśeṣair mmatimān tathaivottaravastibhiḥ ||

K A₁₉₃₁, N: bhavanti L: bhakā | A₁₉₃₁: ādyān N: ādyāṃ H: ādyāḥ L: cchukra° H: śuckradoṣās N, H: trī L: trīṃ L: snehanasve° A₁₉₃₁: tathā cottarabastibhiḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.2.6a tatra vātātmake retasi bilvavidārīkṣīram āsthāpanam | madhūka rāsnā devadāru sarala vipakvan tailan tad uttaravastiṣu vidadhyāt || dāḍima mātuluṅga phala saindhava kṣāra vasukavasira siddhaṃ sarppiḥ pāyayet ||

K A₁₉₃₁, L: om N: tailam N: om H: mātulaṅga N: °vacśira

1931 ed., 3.2.6b pittātmake retasi payasyā śrīparṇṇīmadhukavipakvaṃ kṣīram āsthāpanaṃ | sarjjadhavakalkaṃ yonyā dhārayet | madhukavipakvaṃ tailam anuvāsanaṃ | tad evottarabastiñ ca vidadhyāt | kāṇḍekṣu śvadaṃṣtrā guḍūcī madhuparṇṇī bhṛṅga pañcamūla siddhaṃ sarppiḥ pāyayet ||

K N: piḍrātmaka A₁₉₃₁, L: om N: °parkaṃ N: om N: °parkatailam H: °ravastiñ N: kaṇṭhekṣu N: śvadaṃṣṭrā N, H: bhṛṇa N: °lale N: pā⸤payet ||

1931 ed., 3.2.6c śleṣmātmake retasi rājavṛkṣakaṣāyam āsthāpanaṃ | pippalīviḍaṃgamadhuvipakvan tailam anuvāsanan | tad evottarabastiñ ca vidadhyāt | pāṣaṇabheda kāśmaryāmalaka pippalī vasuka vasira siddhaṃ ghṛtam prayacchet pānārthaṃ ||

K A₁₉₃₁, L: om N: °parkan N: °na H: °rava-cstiñ H: pāṣāṇa° N: pāṣāṇabhedaka N: kāśmayāma° N: pippaltī N: vaśuka

1931 ed., 3.2.6d bhavanti cātra ślokāḥ ||

K N: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om N: śloka ||

1931 ed., 3.2.7 pāyayen manujaṃ sarpir bhbhiṣak śoṇitaretasi |
dhātakīpuṣpakhadiradāḍimārjjunasādhitam ||

K A₁₉₃₁: pāyayeta naraṃ L: om N: macnujan N: bhiṣaj choṇi° H: bhbhiṣa-ck choṇi° A₁₉₃₁: bhiṣak kuṇapare° N: °mārjjanasādhitam ||

1931 ed., 3.2.8 kuṇapākhye pibet sarppiḥ śālasārādisādhitaṃ ||
granthibhūte 'śmabhiḥ siddhaṃ pālāśe cāpi bhasmani ||

K A₁₉₃₁: pāyayed N: kuṇapākhyo A₁₉₃₁: athavā N, L: sāla°sāla°sācla° N: smabhi A₁₉₃₁: śaṭīsaiddhaṃ H: pālāse L: cpālāśair A₁₉₃₁, L: vāpivā'pi H: cā pic L: ⸤bhasmabhiḥ |

1931 ed., 3.2.9 parūṣakavaṭādibhyām pūyābhe cāpi sādhitam ||
prāguktaṃ vakṣyate yac ca tat kāryaṃ kṣīṇaretasi ||

K N: °kaṭāṭādibhyām L: om A₁₉₃₁: pūyaprakhye A₁₉₃₁: ca N: tatñāyaṃ

1931 ed., 3.2.10 viṭprabhe pāyayet sarppiś citrakośīrahiṅgubhiḥ |

K N: vidprare L: snehādiś ca A₁₉₃₁: siddhaṃ L: kamaḥ L: add kāryyaḥa pañcasv eteṣu jānatā | L: om A₁₉₃₁: add snigdhaṃ vāntaṃ viriktaṃ ca nirūḍham anuvāsitam ||

3.2.10a snehādīnāṃ kramaṃ kuryāt ṣaṭsv eteṣu paṇḍitaḥ ||

K, L A₁₉₃₁: om N: kucyāt N: ṣaṭkhapy N: eḍeṣu H: ateṣu

3.2.10aa asevanāc ciraṃ strīṇāṃ kriyāyogāt tathaiva ca |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: asevaṇāc H: °gāttathaiva

3.2.10b kaṣāyakaṭutiktānāṃ dravyāṇām atisevanāt ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, L H: drvyāṇām

3.2.10c tathāmlaṃ lavaṇaṃ rūkṣaṃ śuktaṃ paryuṣitan tathā |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L H: tathā slaṃla° N: tathāmblala° N: suktam N: payuṣitan

3.2.10d vegād yātāc ca yogīnāṃ gamanāc ca praduṣyati ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: vegāghātāc H: vegādyātāc N: yonīnāṃ

3.2.10e tathārttavadoṣe ca snehādikarmmam upadiśet |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: tathāva° N: °karma sa N: padaset |

3.2.10f yathaivoktan tathaivottaravastiñ ca vidadhyāt |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L

3.2.10g tatrāśaṇavātātmake bhaṅgābhadradārukāśmaryaphalasiddhaṃ ghṛtam pāyayet |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: tatra vā° N: °kāśyapaphalasindhaghṛtaṃ

3.2.10h payasyā kāśmarya phala kṣīra vidārī kṣīrodaka siddhaṃ vā kṛsarapāyasapiṇḍaṃ yonyān dhārayet |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: hāthārya N: kṣīrodaL N: om N: pāyasapittaṃ N: yonyā N: kṣārayet |

3.2.10i madhukamuṅgaparṇṇīkaṣāyam ācamanaṃ

A₁₉₃₁, K, L

3.2.10jpittātmake cārttave |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: °kecvārttave

3.2.10k kākolīkṣīravidārīkvāthaṃ śarkkarāyuktam pāyayet |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: °rītkāthaṃ N: sarka°

3.2.10l madhukapuṣpakāśmaryaphalakvātham phānitayuktam vā candanapayasyākalkaṃ yonyān dhārayet |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: madhūkapuṣpakāsmaryaphalatkāthaṃ N: phāṇita° N: om N: om N: pāyayet ||

3.2.10m nimbagairikakaṣāyam ācamanaṃ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: nigvarauri° H: °ṣāyamācamanaṃ || N: acimanaṃ |

3.2.10n śleṣmātmake bhadraśriyakaṭukarohiṇīkaṣāyam pāyayet |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: °ṣā⸤ N: yayet |

3.2.10o kṣīravṛkṣapravālakalkam vā |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L

3.2.10p tindukakapithaśalāṭucūrṇṇam vā kṣaudreṇa lehayet |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: °tthasalāducūrṇṇam

3.2.10q sarjjadhavakalkaṃ yonyān dhārayet |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: sarjathacva° N: yonyām N: vārayet ||

3.2.10r lādhratindukakaṣāyam ācamanaṃ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: lodhratinduka°

3.2.10s granthibhūte śṛṅgaverapāṭhācūrṇṇayuktaṃ śvetasurasām prayacchet |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: °yuktāṃ N: prayacchetuā

3.2.10t kuṣṭhabhadradārukalkaṃ yonyān dhārayet |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L H: yonyāndhā° N: yonyāmvārayet |

3.2.10u teṣām eva kaṣāyam ācamanaṃ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, L

3.2.10v kuṇapākhye mañjiṣṭhābhadraśriyakaṣāyaṃ pāyayet ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: maṃjiṣṭhā⸤śraya°

3.2.10w kuṭajaphalabhadraśriyacandanam vā śarkkarāyuktaṃ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: kuṭujaphalabhadrapriya°

3.2.10x pūyābhe vā tad eva prayacchet |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: pūyābhevātadecva

3.2.10y khadirārjjunakalkaṃ yonyāṃ hārayet |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: vārayet |

3.2.10z tayor eva kaṣāyam ācamanaṃ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, L

3.2.10a1 krimijāte vidañgapāribhadrakamañjiṣṭhākaṣāyam pāyayet |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: viḍaṅga°

3.2.10a2 kṣaudrayuktaṃ surāṣṭāṣṭrārocanākalkam bhadraśriyakalkaṃ yonyān dhāryet |

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: surāṣṭhāro° N: °kalkayuktaṃ N: yonyām N: vārayet ||

3.2.10a3 tayor eva kaṣāyam ācamanam bhavati ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, L N: ta⸤vaka° N: om

3.2.10a4 bhavati cātra ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, L

1931 ed., 3.2.12cd vidhim uttarabastyantaṃ kuryād ārtavaśuddhaye |

K A₁₉₃₁: add śukram icchanti kecit tu tailakṣaudranibhaṃ tathā || L: uttaravastyuktaṃ N: °bastyan taṅ

1931 ed., 3.2.13 kuryāt kalkam picūṃś cāpi pathyāny ācamanāni ca ||

K, H A₁₉₃₁: add strīṇāṃ snehādiyuktānāṃ catasṛṣv ārtavārtiṣu || A₁₉₃₁: kalkān L: kalpān N: cāṃpi N: pathyācma°

1931 ed., 3.2.14 durggandhapūtisaṃkāśe majjābhe vāpi śoṇite |

K, N L: durgandhe pū° A₁₉₃₁: durgandhipūyasaṅ° A₁₉₃₁: majjatulye L: majjobhe A₁₉₃₁: tathā L: cvā A₁₉₃₁: 'rtave ||

1931 ed., 3.2.15 pibed bhadraśriyakvāthañ candanakvātham eva vā ||

K, H L: bhadraśrīya° A₁₉₃₁: bhadraśriyaḥ kvāthaṃ N: °yatkāthañ L: candanam_ kvātham N: eṭha A₁₉₃₁: ca || A₁₉₃₁: add śukradoṣaharāṇāṃ ca yathāsvam avacāraṇam ||

1931 ed., 3.2.14ab granthibhūte pibet pāṭhāṃ tryūṣaṇaṃ vṛkṣakāṇi ca |

K L: pācṭhā N: pāṭhābhyūcṣaṇāvṛkṣakāni L: vṛkṣakaṃ L: kaṭubhis L: tribhiḥ |

1931 ed., 3.2.14a kṣāranāgarahiṃgūnān niḥkvāthaṃ surasām pibet ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, L H: nikvāthaṃ N: niḥkvāthasu°

K A₁₉₃₁: add yogānāṃ śuddhikaraṇaṃ śeṣāsv apy ārtavārtiṣu || anne(nnaṃ) śāliyavaṃ madyaṃ hitaṃ māṃsaṃ ca pittalam ||

1931 ed., 3.2.24 evam aduṣṭaśukraḥ śuddhārtavā || *

K L: duṣṭaśukaś N, H, L: śuddhārttavāmśuddhārtavām ||śucddhārttavām A₁₉₃₁: add ca ||

Emendation▲
- We emend against all the manuscript witnesses. MS H adds a Newa comma after ṛtau in the next section, suggesting that the scribe thought that was the start of a new section of text.

1931 ed., 3.2.25 ṛtau prathama divasāt prabhṛti brahmacāriṇī snānānulepanālaṅkāra vilekhana virahitā divāsvapnāñjanāśru pātābhyaṅga nakha cchedana pradhāvana hasana kathanātiśabda śravaṇāyāsam pariharet |
kiṃ kāraṇaṃ | divā svapatyā badhiraḥ | añjanād andhaḥ | rodanād vikṛtadṛṣṭiḥ | snānānulepanād duḥśīlaḥ | tailābhyaṅgāt kuṣṭhī | nakhāvakarttanāt kunakhaḥ | pralepanāt khalatiḥ | mārutāyāsasevanād unmatto garbhbho bhavatīty evam etān* pariharet ||
darbha saṃstaraṇa śāyinīṃ karatala śarāva parṇṇānām anyatama bhojinīṃ haviṣyaṃ tryahaṃ bharttā rakṣet | tataḥ śuddhasnātān tu caturthyām anāhata vastravāsinīm alaṅkṛtāṃ kṛtamaṅgalasvasti vācanām bharttāran darśayed |
api tat kasya hetoḥ ||

K N: ⸤thama H, L: °riṇīṃ°riṇīm_ N: snānanu° L: °kārācvalekhana A₁₉₃₁: om H: °tān L: om N: °nācśrū A₁₉₃₁: pāta snānānulepanābhyaṅga A₁₉₃₁: śravaṇāvalekhanānilāyāsān H: °yāsām A₁₉₃₁: kāraṇaṃ? A₁₉₃₁: svapantyāḥ N: svapantyā A₁₉₃₁: svāpaśīlaḥ, H: om N: ajerād A₁₉₃₁: °nā A₁₉₃₁: duḥkhaśīlaḥ, H: add vadhiraḥ | añjanād andhaḥ | rodanād N: °gā A₁₉₃₁: nakhāpaka° A₁₉₃₁: kunakhī pradhāvanāc cañcalaḥ, A₁₉₃₁: add hasanāc chyāvadantauṣṭhatālujihvāḥ, A₁₉₃₁: pralāpī cātikathanāt, N: pralekhanā⸤ L: om A₁₉₃₁: add atiśabdaśravaṇād badhiraḥ, avalekhanāt N: lati || L: rahitāṃ⸤ N: mārutoyāṣase° L: om H: utmatto A₁₉₃₁, N: garbho N, H: etām L: om H: darbhbha A₁₉₃₁, L: saṃstara N: saṃstaraṃ N: śārpinī L: śāyinim c N: sarovapa° L: parṇāvyannya° A₁₉₃₁: parṇānya° L: bhojinim c A₁₉₃₁: haniṣyaṃ, N: haviṣyan L: bhaviṣya A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: bhartuḥ A₁₉₃₁: saṃra° L: ra⸤ṣite | A₁₉₃₁: śuddhasnātāṃ L: śuddhasnātācñ A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁: caturthe A₁₉₃₁: 'hany ahata L: hata A₁₉₃₁: vāsāṃ L: vāsinam | A₁₉₃₁: samalaṅ° N: °galaṃ svasti L: vācakāṃ A₁₉₃₁: bhartāraṃ N: bhartur A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁, H: hetoḥ? ||

Emendation▲
- We emend from etām to the vulgate's etān for sense.

1931 ed., 3.2.26bhavati cātra ||
pūrvvam paśyed ṛtusnātā yādṛśan naram aṅganā |
tādṛśañ janayet putram bharttāran darśayet tataḥ ||

K A₁₉₃₁, H, L: om A₁₉₃₁: yādṛśaṃ N: yāsan N: a⸤...nā | L: tadṛśañ A₁₉₃₁: bhartāraṃ A₁₉₃₁, L: ataḥataḥ ||ataḥ |

1931 ed., 3.2.27 tato vidheyaṃ putrīyam upādhyāyaḥ samācaret |
karmānte ca kramaṃ hy etam avekṣyeta vicakṣaṇaḥ ||

K A₁₉₃₁, L: vidhānaṃ N: vidheya A₁₉₃₁: purtīyam N: ṣuṃtrīyam L: putriyam L: samārabhet . N: karmāt te L: karma⸤nte N: kraṃcma L: om A₁₉₃₁: enam L: cedam A₁₉₃₁: ārabheta L: upeckṣeta

1931 ed., 3.2.28 tato 'parāhṇe pumān sarppiḥkṣīrābhyāṃ śālyodanam abhiprāśya māsaṃ brahmacārī tailamāṣottāhārān nārīm upagacched rātrau sāmabhir abhiviśvāsya vikalpam evaṃ caturthyāṃ ṣāṣṭhyām aṣṭamyān daśamyāṃ dvādaśyāñ copeyād |

K L: add ca N: ṣumāṃ A₁₉₃₁: add māsaṃ brahmacārī sarpiḥsnigdhaḥ L: sarppikṣī° A₁₉₃₁: bhuktvā N: abhiprāśyam N: āsam A₁₉₃₁: brahmacāriṇīṃ tailasnigdhāṃ A₁₉₃₁: °ṣottarāhārāṃ N, H: °ṣottarāhārān°ṣottarāhācrān L: °cṣottarān A₁₉₃₁, L: upeyādupeyāt | A₁₉₃₁: sāmādibhir L: viśvāsyā | N: vikalpām L: saṃkalpya A₁₉₃₁: vikalpayaivaṃ L: add ca L: om A₁₉₃₁, N, L: ṣaṣṭhyāmṣaṣṭhyām A₁₉₃₁: aṣṭamyāṃ N: | L N: om L: vopeyāt | A₁₉₃₁: add iti putrakāmaḥ || H: add ataḥ |

1931 ed., 3.2.31 ataḥ paraṃ māsād upeyāl |

K A₁₉₃₁: add tatra prathame divase ṛtumatyāṃ maithunagama(nama?)nāyuṣyaṃ puṃsāṃ bhavati, yaś ca tatrādhīyate garbhaḥ sa prasavamāno vimucyate; dvitīye 'py evaṃ sūtikāgṛhe vā; tṛtīye 'py evam asaṃpūrṇāṅgo 'lpāyur vā bhavati; caturthe tu saṃpūrṇāṅgo dīrghāyuś ca bhavati | na ca pravartamāne rakte bījaṃ praviṣṭaṃ guṇakaraṃ bhavati, yathā nadyāṃ pratisrotaḥ plāvidravyaṃ prakṣiptaṃ pratinivartate nordhnaṃ gacchati tadvad eva draṣṭavyam | tasmān niyamavatīṃ trirātraṃ pariharet | N, H: om L: para N: parasmāsād L: māsan A₁₉₃₁: upeyāt || L: nopeyāt ||

1931 ed., 3.2.32 labdhagarbhbhann iva ca | teṣv evāhaḥsu lakṣmaṇāvaṭaśuṅgāsahadevāviśvadevānām anyatamam abhiṣūyāt | trīṃś caturo vā bindūn dadyād dakṣiṇe nāsāpuṭe putrakāmāyai vāme strīkāmāyai na cainan niṣṭhīved iti ||

K H: labdha ga° A₁₉₃₁: labdha garbhāyāś N: lacca garbhānn L: labdhagarbhānna A₁₉₃₁, L: om N: eva A₁₉₃₁: caiteṣv L: caiveteṣv N: bhataṣṭabāhssulakṣmaṇāvapṛśuṅgāsahasrādervāviśvarectasaca° A₁₉₃₁, L: ahaḥsuaL⸤hassu A₁₉₃₁: kṣīreṇābhiṣutya L: abhiṣuya N: bindun N: dakṣiṇanā° N: kārśāyevāme A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: ca tān N: cainaj L: caivetan N: jiṣṇīved A₁₉₃₁: om L: add bhātakā

1931 ed., 3.2.32a ślokāḥ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.2.11cd sphaṭikābhaṃ dravaṃ snigdhaṃ madhuram madhugandhi ca |

K L: sphaṭickābhan N: om L: snigdhama

1931 ed., 3.2.12ab śukram icchanti kecit tu kṣaudratailasamaprabhaṃ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N L: °lanibhan L: add tacthā |

1931 ed., 3.2.17 śaśāsṛkpratimaṃ yat tu yad vā lākṣārasopamaṃ |
tad ārtavam praśansanti yac ca na virajyate ||

K L: śaśāsṛk_sadṛśaṃ N: sāsṛkṣutimaṃyan N: °pasaṃ | L: °pamama . A₁₉₃₁, L: praśaṃsanti N: prasusanti A₁₉₃₁: vāso N: cādhbhyu H: cā L: vcāpsu A₁₉₃₁: virañjayet || L: virajyati |

1931 ed., 3.2.18 tad evātiprasaṅgena pravṛttam anṛtāv api |
asṛgdaram vijānīyād raktalakṣaṇalakṣitaṃ ||

K L: evati° A₁₉₃₁: pranṛttamanṛtāv N: pravṛttananṛtāv L: annṛtāv H: anṛtāvacpi | N: asṛgharaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add ayo 'nyad N: rakṣaktalakṣathalakṣitaṃ || A₁₉₃₁: °kṣaṇāt ||

1931 ed., 3.2.19 asṛgdaraṃ bhavet sarvvan sāṅgamarddan savedanaṃ |
atipravṛttau daurbbalyam bhramamūrcchā tam astṛṣā ||

K A₁₉₃₁: asṛgdaro L: om A₁₉₃₁: sarvaḥ N: sarvaṃ A₁₉₃₁: sāṅgamardaḥ N: sāṅgamarddasa° A₁₉₃₁: savedanaḥ || A₁₉₃₁: tasyātivṛttau A₁₉₃₁: bhramo mūrcchā N, H: bhrama mūrcchābhrama mūrcchā A₁₉₃₁, N: tamas tṛṣā || H: tamastṛṣā ||

1931 ed., 3.2.20 dāhaḥ pralāpaḥ pāṇḍutvan tandrā rogāś ca vātajāḥ |
taruṇyā hitasevinyās tad alpopadravam bhavet ||

K L: om A₁₉₃₁: pāṇḍutvaṃ N: hi⸤se° A₁₉₃₁: tam N: talpo° A₁₉₃₁: bhiṣak ||

1931 ed., 3.2.21cd doṣair āvṛtamārggatvād ārttavan naśyati striyāḥ |

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, H, L

1931 ed., 3.2.22 tatra māṃsa kulatthāmla tilamāṣasurā hitāḥ ||
pāne mūtram udaśvic ca dadhiśuktañ ca bhojane |

K L: om A₁₉₃₁: matsya N: mānsa N: kulatthāmbla N: hitā || N: pāreṃ N: udatsvir N: va N: dadhisuktañ

1931 ed., 3.2.23 kṣīṇam prāgīritaṃ raktaṃ salakṣa-ṇacikitsitaṃ ||
tathāpyasya vidhātavyam vidhānaṃ raktapittavat |

K L: om A₁₉₃₁: tathā'py atra N: tathāpy asya A₁₉₃₁: naṣṭaraktavat ||

K A₁₉₃₁: add eṣūttarottaraṃ vidyād āyur ārogyam eva ca || prajāsaubhāgyam aiśvaryaṃ balaṃ ca divaseṣu vai ||

K A₁₉₃₁: add ataḥ paraṃ pañcamyāṃ saptamyāṃ navamyām ekādaśyāṃ ca strīkāmaḥ; trayodaśīprabhṛtayo nindyāḥ || N: add turthāṣuṣāmuṣasākṣi (From folio A 1267_11_67(1st half)) (From folio A 1267-11+103612+103) payād ataḥ

1931 ed., 3.2.33 dhruvañ caturṇṇāṃ sānnidhye garbhbhaḥ syād vidhipūrvvakaḥ ||
kṣettrabījodakatṛṇāṃ sāmagryād aṅkuro yathā ||

K N: dhrūvam L: dhruvan L: trayāṇāṃ N: caturṇṇāsāniṇyagarbhaṃ A₁₉₃₁, L: sānnidhyādsānniddhyāt A₁₉₃₁: garbhaḥ L: garbha H: syādvidhi° A₁₉₃₁: °rvakaḥ || L: °rvakam || A₁₉₃₁: ṛtukṣetrāmbubījānāṃ N: kṣatrabījodakarkkunāt L: kṣetrambījodakādīrāṃ L: sānniddhyād N: aṃjju⸤

1931 ed., 3.2.34 evaṃ jātā rūpavanto mahāsattvāś cirāyuṣaḥ ||
bhavanty ṛṇapramoktāram saputrāḥ putriṇāṃ hitāḥ ||

K L: rūpāvanto A₁₉₃₁: sattvavantaś N: mahāsandhāś H: ṛṇasya mo° A₁₉₃₁, N: ṛṇasya moktāraḥ L: āṇapramoktāras A₁₉₃₁, L: satputrāḥ A₁₉₃₁: putriṇe(ṇo) L: putriṇā

1931 ed., 3.2.35 tatra tejodhātur varṇṇānām prabhavaḥ iti kṛtvā | yadā garbhbhāttāvayān dhātuprāyam āhāram bhavati | tadā garbhbhasya gauratvaṃ | pṛthivīdhātuprāyaḥ kṛṣṇatvaṃ | pṛthivyākāśadhātuprāyaḥ śyāmatvaṃ | yādṛkvarṇṇam āhāram upasevate garbhbhiṇī tādvarṇṇaḥprasavo bhavtīty eke bhāṣante | yathā kṛṣṇapītasvetāsu bhūmiṣu sarppavṛścikagalagoṇādayaḥ satvāḥ kṛṣṇapītaśveta iti || tatra dṛṣṭibhāgam apratipannan tejo dhātur jjātyandhaṃ karoti | tad eva raktānugataṃ raktākṣaṃ | śleṣmānugataṃ śuklākṣaṃ | pittānugatam piṅgākṣaṃ | vātānugatam vikṛtākṣaṃ ||

K N: tejodhātuva° L: tejodhātuvarṇānā⸤ma A₁₉₃₁: sarvava° A₁₉₃₁: prabhavaḥ, A₁₉₃₁: sa L: dayā A₁₉₃₁, N: garbhotpattāvgarbhotpattāv L: cgarbhotoattāv H: °vayāndhātuLprāya A₁₉₃₁, L: abdhātuprāyo N: apāndhā tu prāyam A₁₉₃₁, L: om H: māhāram A₁₉₃₁: garbhaṃ N, L: garbhasya A₁₉₃₁: gauraṃ L: gauravaṃ A₁₉₃₁, L: karotiadd karoti,add ka⸤roti . L: °dhātuḥ cprāyaḥ A₁₉₃₁: kṛṣṇaṃ, L: kāḻabaṃ L: °śatoyacdhātuḥ prāya A₁₉₃₁: kṛṣṇaśyāmaṃ, toyākāśadhātuprāyo gauraśyāmam | A₁₉₃₁: yādṛgvarṇam N: yādṛg varṇṇam L: vādṛśavarṇṇaṃ L: annacm N: upaseveta A₁₉₃₁, N, L: garbhiṇī A₁₉₃₁: tādṛgvarṇaprasavā L: tādṛkavarṇṇaṃ prasūta N: tad varṇṇaḥ praja⸤tīty A₁₉₃₁: bhavatīty L: ity N: yadhākṛṣṇapītaśvetāsubhū° A₁₉₃₁, L: om H: sa-cppavṛ° N: °ścikaṃ | lagoḍikādayaḥ N: om H: °tasveta L: pratipannas A₁₉₃₁: °pannaṃ L: tejodhātur A₁₉₃₁: om L: sa L: °gato A₁₉₃₁: pittānu° L: °gataḥ A₁₉₃₁: piṅgākṣaṃ, A₁₉₃₁: śleṣmānu° L: °gataḥ A₁₉₃₁: śuklākṣaṃ, L: °gato A₁₉₃₁: add iti || L: add iti bhakaḥ |

1931 ed., 3.2.36 bhavanti cātra ||

K, N L: om A₁₉₃₁: add ghṛtapiṇḍo yathaivāgnim āśritaḥ pranilīyate || visarpaty ārtavaṃ nāryās tathā puṃsāṃ samāgame ||

1931 ed., 3.2.36a viśuddhaḥpavano yasya nayane pratipadyate |

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.2.36b jāyate nayane tasya nimne kṛṣṇe site tathā ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.2.36c pittaṃ kaphayutaṃ yasya nirmmalaṃ yāti locane |

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.2.36d haripiṃglasamjñā vai jāyate tasya locane ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.2.36e vinirddhūtamalaḥ śleṣmā yadā vrajati locane |

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.2.36f tasya netre prakāśete śuklamaṇḍalamaṇḍale ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.2.36g raktaṅ kaphayutaṃ yasya yadā vrajati locane ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L H: raktaṅka°

1931 ed., 3.2.36h kapotanīle nayane rakte vā jāyate nṛṇāṃ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.2.36i ghṛtakumbho yathā hy agnim āśritaḥ pravilīyate |

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L H: agnimāśritaḥ

1931 ed., 3.2.36j prasarpped ārttavannāryāḥ puruṣasya samāgamāt ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L H: prasarppedārtta°

1931 ed., 3.2.37 bīje tu vāyunā bhinne dvau jīvau kukṣim āgatau |
yamāv ity abhidhīyete dharmmetarapurā kṛtau ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁, L: ntarvāyunā'ntarvāyunā⸤ntarvāyunā A₁₉₃₁: om L: °yeta L: thacrmmetarapuraskṛtau | A₁₉₃₁: °puraḥsarau ||

1931 ed., 3.2.37.1 miśribhāve yadā puṃso retas subahunirmmalaṃ |
tadā prasūyate nārī garbhbhiṇī dārakadvayaṃ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, H, L

1931 ed., 3.2.37.2 miśrī bhāve striyāś caiva bahuśukraṃ yadā bhavet |
kanyādvayan tadā nārī sūyate nātra saṃśayaḥ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, H, L

1931 ed., 3.2.38 āsevyo nāma bhavati strīpuṃsor alpabījayoḥ ||
sa śuklaṃ prāsya labhate dhvajocchrāyam asaṃśayaḥ ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: om L: ⸤āsekyo A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: pitror A₁₉₃₁: atyalpabījatvād āsekyaḥ A₁₉₃₁: add puruṣo A₁₉₃₁: add bhavet || A₁₉₃₁, L: śukraṃ A₁₉₃₁, L: prāśyaprācśya A₁₉₃₁, L: asaṃśayamasaṃśayam ||asaṃśayuyam |

1931 ed., 3.2.39 yaḥ pūtiyonau jāyeta sa saugandhikasaṃjñitaḥ ||
sa yoniśephasor ggandham āghrāya labhate balaṃ ||

K, N L: cpūtiyonyāñ L: yośe° H: °phasorggandham

1931 ed., 3.2.40 sve gude brahmacaryād yā strīṣu svāsu pravartate |
kumbhīkaḥ sa tu vijñeya īrṣyakaṃ śṛṇu cāparaṃ ||

K, N L: om A₁₉₃₁: °ryādyaḥ A₁₉₃₁: puṃvat A₁₉₃₁: ca

1931 ed., 3.2.41 dṛṣṭvā vyavāyam anyeṣāṃ vyavāyāya pravarttate |
īrṣyakaḥ sa tu vijñeyaḥ ṣaṇḍhakaṃ śṛṇu pañcamaṃ ||

K, N L: om A₁₉₃₁: vyavāyamany eṣāṃ H: vyavāyamanyeṣāṃ A₁₉₃₁: vyavāye yaḥ A₁₉₃₁: ca A₁₉₃₁: ṣaṇḍakaṃ

1931 ed., 3.2.42 kaumāryāṃ yam tṛtau mohād aṅgan eva pravartate |
tatra strīceṣṭitākāro jāyate ṣaṇḍhasaṃjñakaḥ ||

K, N L: bhāryyāya A₁₉₃₁: yo bhāryāyāmṛtau H: yamtṛtau L: add sa L: tv ṛtau A₁₉₃₁, H: aṅganeva L: aṃganāvat_ A₁₉₃₁: tataḥ H: strīr ece° L: °tācāroḥ A₁₉₃₁, L: ṣaṇḍasaṃjñitaḥṣaṇḍasaṃjñitaḥ ||ṣaṇḍasaṃjñitaḥ |

1931 ed., 3.2.43 ṛtau puruṣavac cāpi yadi yoṣit prapadyate |
tatra kanyā yadi bhavet sā bhaven naraceṣṭitā ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: puruṣavadvā'pi A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: pravartetāṅganā yadipravartetāṅganā yadi || pravarttetāṃganā yadi . A₁₉₃₁: bhavenna°

1931 ed., 3.2.44 āsekyaś ca sugandhī ca kumbhīkaś cerṣyakas tathā |
saśukrakās tv amī jñeyā hy aśukraḥ ṣaṇḍhasaṃjñakaḥ ||

K, N L: om A₁₉₃₁: saretasas A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: ṣaṇḍa(ṇḍha)saṃjñitaḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.2.45 anayor vviprakṛtyā tu teṣāṃ śukravahāsirā ||
harṣāt sphuṭatvam āyānti dhvajocchrāyan tato bhavet ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: anayā L: om A₁₉₃₁: śukravahāḥ sirāḥ || H: °hā-L sirā || A₁₉₃₁: dhvajocchrāyas H: dhvajocchrāyantato

1931 ed., 3.2.46 ākārācāracintābhir yādṛśībhiḥ samanvitau |
strīpuṃsau tu bhaveyātāṃ tayor ggarbhbho 'pi tādṛśaḥ ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: āhārācāraceṣṭābhir L: om A₁₉₃₁: samupeyātāṃ A₁₉₃₁: putro

1931 ed., 3.2.47 yadā tu nārīnārī ca maithunāyopakalpataḥ |
muñcantaḥ śukram anyonyam anasthis tatra jāyate ||

K, N L: om A₁₉₃₁: nāryāv A₁₉₃₁: upeyātāṃ A₁₉₃₁: add vṛṣasyantyau A₁₉₃₁: kathaṃcana || A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: muñcantyau

K, N A₁₉₃₁: add ṛtusnātā tu yā nārī svapne maithunam āvahet || ārtavaṃ vāyur ādāya kukṣau garbhaṃ karoti hi ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: add māsi māsi vivardheta garbhiṇyā garbhalakṣaṇam || kalalaṃ jāyate tasyā varjitaṃ paitṛkair guṇaiḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.2.50 sarppavṛścikakuṣmāṇḍavikṛtākṛtayas tu te |
garbhbhā evamvidhāś cānye jñeyāḥ pāpakṛto bhṛśaṃ ||

K, N L: sarpavṛścikakūṃbhāṇḍa° A₁₉₃₁: sarpavṛścikakūṣmāṇḍa° A₁₉₃₁: ca A₁₉₃₁, L: yeye || ye . A₁₉₃₁, L: garbhās A₁₉₃₁: add tv A₁₉₃₁: ete striyāś L: tv etā strīyacś A₁₉₃₁, L: caiva A₁₉₃₁: pāpakṛtā

1931 ed., 3.2.51 garbhbho vātaprakopeṇa dauhṛde na vimānitaḥ |
bhavet kubjo 'thavā kūniḥ paṅgur mmūko 'tha mirmmiṇaḥ ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁, L: garbho L: °pe⸤na A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁: vāvamānite || L: cāvamānicte | A₁₉₃₁, L: kubjaḥ A₁₉₃₁, L: kuṇiḥ H: kūni L: paṃkur A₁₉₃₁: mūko L: mmūkho A₁₉₃₁: minmina eva vā || L: cdurmmana eva vā |

1931 ed., 3.2.52 mātāpitror anācārād aśubhaiś ca purākṛtaiḥ |
vātādīnām prakopeṇa garbhbho vaikṛtam āpnuyāt ||

K, N L: ⸤mātrāpitroś L: ca nāstikyāt_ A₁₉₃₁: tu nāstikyādaśubhaiś L: vātādināñ A₁₉₃₁, L: ca kopena A₁₉₃₁: garbho L: garbha A₁₉₃₁: vikṛtim L: ucyate |

1931 ed., 3.2.53 malālpatvād ayogāc ca vāyoḥ pakvāsayasya ca |
vātamūtrapurīṣāṇi na garbhbhasthaḥ karoti ha ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁, L: pakvāśayasya L: va || A₁₉₃₁, L: garbhasthaḥga⸤rbhasthaḥ A₁₉₃₁: hi ||

1931 ed., 3.2.54 jarāyunā mukhe cchanne kaṇṭhe ca kaphaveṣṭite |
vāyor ggatinirodhāc ca na garbhbhasthaḥ praroditi ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: jarāyuṇā L: jarāyaṇā L: vāyo A₁₉₃₁: mārgani° L: mārgapraro° A₁₉₃₁, L: garbhasthaḥ L: prarodati |

1931 ed., 3.2.55 niśvāsocchvāsasaṃkṣobhaḥ svapnāṅ garbhbho 'thagacchati |
mātur nniḥśvasitocchvāsasaṃkṣobhasvapnasaṃbhavān ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: niḥśvāsocchvāsasaṅkṣobhasvapnān L: om A₁₉₃₁: garbho H: 'tha ga° A₁₉₃₁: 'dhiga° A₁₉₃₁: māturniśva°

1931 ed., 3.2.56 sanniveśaḥ śarīrāṇāṃ dantānāṃ patanodbhavau |
taleṣv asaṃbhavo yac ca romnām etat svabhāvataḥ ||

K, N L: pātacnokt_bhavau . A₁₉₃₁: yaś A₁₉₃₁, L: romṇāmcromṇām

1931 ed., 3.2.57 bhāvitā pūrvvadeheṣu satataṃ śāstrabuddhayaḥ |
bhavanti sttānabahulāḥ pūrvvajātismarā narāḥ ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁, L: bhāvitāḥ L: om A₁₉₃₁: sattvabhūyiṣṭhāḥ

K, N A₁₉₃₁: add karmaṇā codito yena tad āpnoti punarbhave || abhyastāḥ pūrvadehe ye tān eva bhajate guṇān || L: add bhavanti sactvabahulāḥ purojātismarā narāḥ . mātrajāni talāny asmā⸤dyasmād romṇām asaṃbhava.... pitrajāni pradeśāni bahuromāṇi tatvataḥ ||

iti śārīraṃ dvitīyo 'dhyāyaḥ || ||

[Adhyāya 3. Draft based on MS H]

1931 ed., 3.3.1 athāto garbbhāvakrāntiṃ śārīraṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: °krānti L: garbhāvakāntīyama

K, N A₁₉₃₁: add yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.3.3 saumyaṃ śukramārttavam āgneyam itareṣām apy atra bhūtānāṃ sānnidhyam asty anunā viśeṣeṇa parasparopakārāt parasparānupraveśāc ca ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: śukram ārtavam L: śukraṃ L: add ārttavam | L: atra py A₁₉₃₁: sānnidhyamastyaṇunā L: aṇatranām | A₁₉₃₁: add parasparānugrahāt

1931 ed., 3.3.4 tatra dampatyoḥ samprayoge tejaḥ śarīrādvāyussamīrayati | tatra tejo 'nilasannipātāc chukraṃ cyutaṃ yonim abhiprapadyate | saṃsṛjyate cārttavena tato 'gnīṣomasaṃyogāt saṃsṛjyamāno garbbhāsayam anuprapadyate kṣettrajñaścetayitā spraṣṭā ghrātā draṣṭā śrotā rasayitā puruṣo gantā sākṣī dhātā vaktā yaḥ ko 'sāvādya āyur ity evam ādibhiḥ paryāyavācakair nnāmabhir abhidhīyate | daivasaṃyogād akṣayo 'vyayo cintyo bhūtātmā satvarajastamobhir ddevāsurair aparaiś ca sahabhāvair vvāyunā preryamāṇo garbbhās ayam anupraviśati ||

K, N L: tat A₁₉₃₁: strīpuṃsayoḥ L: tu A₁₉₃₁: saṃyoge L: śukam L: om A₁₉₃₁: °dvāyurudīrayati, L: strīpuṃsayos A₁₉₃₁: tatastejonilasannipātacchukraṃ L: om H: °tāc chukraṃ L: saṃprayocge A₁₉₃₁: yonimabhipratipa° L: om L: om L: om L: om A₁₉₃₁: add (garbho?) L: yonau A₁₉₃₁: add (garbho?) A₁₉₃₁: garbhāśayamanupratipa° L: om A₁₉₃₁: kṣetrajño vedayitā L: raja⸤sā L: om L: om L: om L: om L: vrisuṣṭam A₁₉₃₁: add sraṣṭā L: om L: om L: anvakṣacm L: om A₁₉₃₁: 'sāvityevam L: eva L: om L: om A₁₉₃₁: °cakairnāmabhir L: bhūtātmanā L: ca A₁₉₃₁: dainasaṃ(yo?)gādakṣayo L: saha A₁₉₃₁: bhūtātmanā L: bhūtvā A₁₉₃₁: add sahānvakṣaṃ A₁₉₃₁: daivā° A₁₉₃₁, L: om saha° A₁₉₃₁: vāyunā'bhipre° L: vāyunābhipreryyamāṇaṃ L: garbhāśayam A₁₉₃₁: garbhāśayamanupraniśyāvatiṣṭhate || L: āt_myāvatiṣṭhate |

1931 ed., 3.3.5 tatra śukrabāhulyāt pumān ārttavabāhulyāt strī sāmyādubhasakaṃ ||

K, N L: sāmyād ubhayor nnapuṃsakam | A₁₉₃₁: °bhayor napuṃsakam A₁₉₃₁: add iti ||

1931 ed., 3.3.6 tatra ṛtudvādaśarātraṃ bhavati | tatra prathame divase ṛtumatyāṃ maithunagamanam anāyuṣyam punso bhavati | yac ca tatrādhīyate garbbhaḥ saprasavato vipadyate | dvitīye tikīgṛhe vipadyate || tṛtīye 'py evam asampūrṇṇo 'ṅgo 'lpāmaṃ 3yuś ca bhavati | tasmāt trirātram pariharet | na ca pravarttati raktabījaṃ pradiṣṭaṃ guṇakaraṃ bhavati | yathā nadyām pratisrovidravyaṃ pratikṣiptaṃ na pratinivarttate | tadvad bījaṃ draṣṭavyan tasmāt trirātran niyamavantīm pariharet | tatra ṛtudvādaśarātran dṛṣṭvā nārttavā bhavati | adṛṣṭārttavās tān eke bhāṣante ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁, L: ṛtus A₁₉₃₁: tu dvā° L: tu dvādaśarāL⸤tran L: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁: dṛṣṭārtavaḥ; L: dṛṣṭārtavo A₁₉₃₁: om L: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om A₁₉₃₁: om L: adṛṣṭārttavo A₁₉₃₁: om L: om A₁₉₃₁: adṛṣṭārtavā'py A₁₉₃₁: om L: py L: om L: astīti A₁₉₃₁: om L: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om L: tad A₁₉₃₁: astīty L: om L: om L: om L: om L: om L: om L: arvāg A₁₉₃₁: om L: om L: hāṣante |

1931 ed., 3.3.7 bhavati cātra ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: bhavanti L: om A₁₉₃₁: add pīnaprasannavadanāṃ praklinnātmamukhadvijām || narakāmāṃ priyakathāṃ srastakukṣyakṣimūrdhajām ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: add sphuradbhujakucaśroṇinābhyūrujaghanasphicam || harśautsukyaparāṃ cāpi vidyādṛtumatīm iti ||

1931 ed., 3.3.9 dine vyatīte niyataṃ saṃkucaty ambujaṃ yathā | ṛtau vyatīte nāryās tu yoniḥ saṃkucatis tathā ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: niyataṃ L: om A₁₉₃₁: add divase 'tīte A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: saṅkucatyambujaṃ A₁₉₃₁: saṃvriyate

1931 ed., 3.3.9a pīnaprasaṃnavadanāṃ praklinnātmamukhadvijāṃ | narakāmām priyakathāṃ srastakukṣyakṣimūrddhajāṃ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.3.9b sphuradbhujakucaśroṇinābhyurujaghanasphicāṃ || harṣautsukyaparām̐ś caiva vidyād ṛtumatīṃ striyaṃ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.3.10 māsenopacitaṃ kāle dhamanībhyāṃ yad āgataṃ || īṣatkṛṣṇam vigandhañ ca vāyur yonimukhan nayet ||

K, N L: om A₁₉₃₁: tadārtavam || A₁₉₃₁: vāyuryonimukhaṃ

1931 ed., 3.3.11 tad varṣād dvādaśāt kāle varttamānam asṛkpunaḥ | jarāpakvaśarīrāṇām pañcāśād vinivarttate ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: tadvarṣāddvāda° L: om A₁₉₃₁: vartamānamasṛk punaḥ || A₁₉₃₁: add yāti A₁₉₃₁: pañcāśataḥ A₁₉₃₁: kṣayam ||

1931 ed., 3.3.12 yugmeṣu tu pumān prokto divaseṣv anyathābalā | puṣpakāle śucis tasmād apatyārthī striyaṃ vrajet ||

K, N L: om A₁₉₃₁: śucistasmād

1931 ed., 3.3.13 tatra sadyogṛhītagarbbhāyāḥ śramo glāniḥ pipāsā sakthisadanam āṭopaḥ śukraśoṇitayor anubandhaḥ kharasphuraṇaṃ yonyāḥ ||

K, N L: sadyo grahī° A₁₉₃₁: °rbhāyā A₁₉₃₁: liṅgāni---śramo L: rgāniḥ L: sakthisīdanam A₁₉₃₁: om L: āṭopaśukaśo° L: ananu° A₁₉₃₁: avabandhaḥ A₁₉₃₁: om khara° L: gurutā sphu° A₁₉₃₁, L: add ca A₁₉₃₁: yoneḥ || L: yonyā bhavanti |

1931 ed., 3.3.14 bhavati cātra || stanayoḥ kṛṣṇamukhatā romarājyudgamas tathā | prasekaḥ sadanañ cāpi garbbhiṇyā liṃgam ucyate ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: om L: bhakacḥ H: romarājyuṅgamas L: °jyutbhacvas L: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: akṣipakṣmāṇi L: om A₁₉₃₁: cāpyasyāḥ L: om A₁₉₃₁, L: om L: om A₁₉₃₁: saṃmīlyante L: tathā | A₁₉₃₁: add viśeṣataḥ ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: add akāmataśchardayati gandhādudvijate śubhāt || prasekaḥ sadanaṃ cāpi garbhiṇyā liṅgam ucyate || L: add prasekas sī⸤danañ cāpi garbhiṇyā liṃcgam muddhyate |

1931 ed., 3.3.16 tataḥ prabhṛty eva ca vyavāyaṃ vyāyāmam atikarṣanaṃ | divāsvapnaṃ rātrijāgaraṇaṃ śokaṃ yān ārohaṇam bhayamutkaṭakāsanañ caikāntataḥ snehādikramaṃ śoṇitamokṣaṇañ cākālenāseveta |

K, N A₁₉₃₁: tadā A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: vyāyāmamatitarpaṇamatikarśanaṃ L: apakarśanam | L: om A₁₉₃₁: yānāro° A₁₉₃₁: °tkaṭukāsanaṃ L: om A₁₉₃₁: snehādikriyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: cākāle vegavidhāraṇaṃ ca na seveta || L: ca | na seveta |

K, N A₁₉₃₁: add doṣābhighātairgarbhiṇyā yo yo bhāgaḥ prapīḍyate || sa sa bhāgaḥ śiśostasya garbhasthasya prapīḍyate ||

1931 ed., 3.3.18 tatra prathame māse kalalañ jāyate || dvitīye śoṇitoṣṇānilaiḥ pacyamāno mahābhūtānāṃ saṃjāto ghanañ jāyate | granthir yadi pumān | strī cetpeśī | napuṃsakaṃ ced arbbudam bhavati || tṛtīye hastapādaśirasām pañca piṭakā abhinirvarttante | sarvvāṅgapratyaṅgavibhāgaś ca sūkṣmo bhavati || caturthe sarvvāṅgapratyaṅgavibhāgaś ca pravyakto bhavati || pañcame sarvvāṅgapratyaṅgavibhāgaś ca pravyaktataro bhavati | garbbhahṛdapravyaktibhāvāc cetanādhātur abhivyaktekasmāt tatsthānatvād garbbhaś caturthe māse abhiprāyam indriyārtheṣu karoti | dvihṛdayā ca nārī bhavati nimittāny ācakṣate | dvau hṛdayavimānanākukukūniṃṣaṇṛmvāman avikṛtākṣam anakṣam vānārīsutañ janayati | tasmāt sā yad icchet tat tasmai dāpayet | labdhadauhṛdāhivīryavantaṃ cirāyuṣañ janayati ||

K, N L: tataḥ A₁₉₃₁, L: māsi L: ckledo L: māsi | śīto° A₁₉₃₁: śītoṣmānilairabhiprapacyamānānāṃ L: ahipa° A₁₉₃₁: saṃghāto L: om A₁₉₃₁: ghanaḥ L: ghanapiṇḍas A₁₉₃₁, L: saṃjā°sañjā° A₁₉₃₁: yadi L: om A₁₉₃₁: piṇḍaḥ L: stri A₁₉₃₁, L: cet peśīcet peśī, A₁₉₃₁: cedarbudamiti; L: abudan L: om A₁₉₃₁: piṇḍakā L: piṇḍakānām A₁₉₃₁: om abhi° L: abhi⸤nirvṛtti L: aṃga° A₁₉₃₁: 'ṅga° A₁₉₃₁: om L: pravyaktataraḥ | A₁₉₃₁: om L: om A₁₉₃₁: garbhahṛdayapra° L: °dayapravyaktihācvāc A₁₉₃₁: abhivyakto bhavati, kasmāt? L: abhibuddhataro bhavati A₁₉₃₁, L: tasmādadd tasmādadd tasmā⸤t_ A₁₉₃₁, L: māsy L: ācbhi° A₁₉₃₁: dvihṛdayāṃ L: dvihṛdacyāñ A₁₉₃₁: nārīṃ L: nārīn A₁₉₃₁: add dauhṛdinīm A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: dauhṛdavimānanāt kubjaṃ kuṇiṃ khañjaṃ jaḍaṃ vāmanaṃ L: dauhṛ⸤dinīty A₁₉₃₁: vikṛtākṣamanakṣaṃ A₁₉₃₁: vā nārī sutaṃ L: om L: om L: om A₁₉₃₁: add yad L: om L: om A₁₉₃₁: add tat A₁₉₃₁: tasyai L: om L: om L: om A₁₉₃₁: °dā hi vīryavantaṃ L: ācakṣate | A₁₉₃₁: add ca putraṃ

1931 ed., 3.3.19 bhavati cātra || indriyārthām̐s tu yānyāṃ sā bhoktumicchati garbbhiṇī | garbbhābādhabhayāt tām̐s tām bhiṣag āhṛtya dāpayet ||

K, N L: om A₁₉₃₁: °rthāṃs A₁₉₃₁: yān yān A₁₉₃₁: tāṃs A₁₉₃₁: tān

1931 ed., 3.3.20 samprāptadauhṛdam putram prajāyeta guṇānvitaṃ | alabdhadauhṛdāgarbbhe labhate cātmanivābhayam ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: sā prāptadauhṛdā L: om A₁₉₃₁: janayeta A₁₉₃₁: °dā garbhe A₁₉₃₁: labhetātmani vā bhayam ||

1931 ed., 3.3.21 yeṣu yeṣv indriyārtheṣu dauhṛdeyāvimānitā | prajāyeta sutaṃ sārttin tasmin tasmin tathendriye ||

K, N L: om A₁₉₃₁: dauhṛde vai vimānanā || A₁₉₃₁: sutasyārtistasmiṃstasmiṃstathendriye ||

1931 ed., 3.3.22 rājā sandarśane yasyā daurhṛdañ jāyate striyaḥ | arthavantam mahābhāgaṃ kumāraṃ sā prasūyate ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: rājasan° L: om A₁₉₃₁: striyāḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.3.23 dukūlapaṭṭakauṣeyabhūṣaṇādiṣu dauhṛdā | alaṅkāreṣiṇam putraṃ lalitaṃ sā prasūyate ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: dukūlapaṭṭakauśeya° L: om A₁₉₃₁: dauhṛdāt || A₁₉₃₁: alaṅkāraiṣiṇaṃ

1931 ed., 3.3.24 āsrame saṃyatātmānaṃ dharmmaśīlaṃ prajāyate | devatāpratimāyāṃ tu prasūto harṣadopamam || darśane vyāḍajātīnāṃ hiṃsāśīlaṃ prajāyate ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁: āśrame L: om A₁₉₃₁: prasūyate || A₁₉₃₁: prasūte A₁₉₃₁: pārṣa° A₁₉₃₁: vyālajā° A₁₉₃₁: prasūyate ||

1931 ed., 3.3.25 godhāmāṃsāśinīputraṃ suṣupsurmmāraṇātmakaṃ || gavāṃ māṃsena balinaṃ sarvvakleśasahaṃ sutaṃ |

K, N A₁₉₃₁: °sāśane putraṃ L: om A₁₉₃₁: suṣupsuṃ dhāra° A₁₉₃₁: māṃse A₁₉₃₁: add tu A₁₉₃₁: tathā ||

1931 ed., 3.3.26 māhiṣe daurhṛdāc chūraṃ raktākṣaṃ lomaśaṃ sutaṃ ||

K, N L: om A₁₉₃₁, H: daurhṛdācchūraṃdaurhṛdāc chūraṃ A₁₉₃₁: lomasaṃyutam || varāhamāṃsāt svapnāluṃ śūraṃ A₁₉₃₁: add saṃjanayet

K, N A₁₉₃₁: add mārgādvikrāntajaṅghālaṃ sadā vanacaraṃ sutam || sṛmarādvignimanasaṃ nityabhītaṃ ca taittirāt ||

1931 ed., 3.3.28 ato bhukteṣu yā nārīmabhidhyāyati daurhṛdam | || śarīrāhāraśīlaiḥ sā samānañ janayiṣyati ||

K, N L: om A₁₉₃₁: 'nukteṣu A₁₉₃₁: nārī samabhidhyāti A₁₉₃₁: śarīrācāra°

1931 ed., 3.3.29 karmmaṇā coditañjantor bbhavitavyam punar bbhavet | yathā tathā daivayogād daurhṛdañ janayed dhṛdi ||

K, N L: om A₁₉₃₁: coditaṃ jantor

1931 ed., 3.3.30 pañcame manaḥpratibuddhataram bhavati || ṣaṣṭhe buddhiḥ saptame sarvvapravyaktaṃ śarīraṃ || aṣṭame sthirībhavaty ojas tatra jāto na jīvati || nairṛtabhāgadheyatvāt tato balim mānsodanaṃ bhāgadheyan tasmai dāpayet || navamadaśamaikādaśadvādaśānām anyatamasmiñ jāyate | atho nyathāvikārī bhavati ||

K, N L: manaḥ pra° A₁₉₃₁: sarvāṅgapratyaṅgavibhāgaḥ pravyaktataraḥ, L: °vyakta⸤śarīraḥ A₁₉₃₁: aṣṭame+asthi° L: om A₁₉₃₁: add cen L: add ca A₁₉₃₁: jīven nirojastvān- L: jīven L: nainṛtibhāgatvāt A₁₉₃₁: °gatvāc A₁₉₃₁: add ca , L: om L: om A₁₉₃₁: māṃsaudanamasmai L: navaman L: om A₁₉₃₁: dāpayet? L: daśamaikādaśa | dvā° A₁₉₃₁: °masmin A₁₉₃₁: ato A₁₉₃₁, L: nyathā vi°'nyathā vi°

1931 ed., 3.3.31 mātus tu khalu rasavahāyānnābhyāṃ garbbhanāḍī pratibaddhā bhavati | māturāhārarasavīryam abhyavaharati || tenopasnehenābhivṛddhir asya bhavati | asañjātāṅgavibhāgam api niḥṣekānprabhṛtisarvvaśarīrānusāriṇīnāṃ rasavahānāṃ tiryaggatīnān dhamanīnām upasnehena jīvayati ||

K, N L: garbhayarāyān nāḍyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: °yāṃ nāḍyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: garbhanābhināḍī L: ⸤garbhanābhināḻī A₁₉₃₁, L: sāsyasā'sya A₁₉₃₁, L: mātur āhā° A₁₉₃₁: abhivahati | L: abhivahanti | A₁₉₃₁: °nāsyābhivṛddhir A₁₉₃₁: om L: add ca L: bhavacnti | A₁₉₃₁: asaṃjātāṅgapratyaṅgapravibhāgamāniṣekāt prabhṛti sarvaśarīrāvayavānu° L: abhiniṣekāt cprabhṛti sa° L: rasacvāhinīnām_ A₁₉₃₁: tiryaggatānāṃ L: tiryyaggatānān A₁₉₃₁, L: upasneho

1931 ed., 3.3.32 garbbhasya khalu sambhavataḥ || pūrvvaṃ śiraḥ sambhavatīty āha śaunakas tanmūlatvāt | yāṇāṃ hṛdayam iti kṛtavīryaḥ | buddher manasaś ca sthānaṃ nābhir iti pārāsaryas tato varddhate derahadehinaḥ | prāṇaḥ pāṇipādam iti mārkkaṇḍeyas tanmūlatvāc ceṣṭāyāḥ | garbbhasya śarīram iti || subhūtigautamas tatra nibandhatvāt sarvvagātrasambhavasya tan tu na samyak sarvvāṇy aṅgapratyaṅgāni yugapat sambhavanti | kāle garbbhasya sūkṣmatvān nopalabhyante | vaṃśāṅkuravac cūtaphalavac ca | tad yathā cūtaphalevipakve keśararamānsāsthimajjānaḥ pṛthak pṛthag dṛśyante kālaprakarṣāttānyeva taruṇenopalabhyante || sūkṣmatvāt teṣāṃ sūkṣmāṇāṃ keśarādīnām pravyaktaṃ kālaḥ karoti | etenaiva vaṃśāṃkuro vyākhyātaḥ | evaṃ garbbhasya tāruṇye sarvveṣv aṅgapratyaṅgeṣu satsv api saukṣmyād anupalabdhis tāny eva kālaprakarṣāt pravyaktāni bhavanti |

K, N L: om A₁₉₃₁: °tītyāha A₁₉₃₁: śiromū° A₁₉₃₁: -pradhānendriyāṇāṃ; A₁₉₃₁: buddhermanasaś A₁₉₃₁: sthānatvāt ; A₁₉₃₁: pārāśaryaḥ, A₁₉₃₁: add hi A₁₉₃₁: deho de° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °tvācceṣṭāyā A₁₉₃₁: madhyaśa° A₁₉₃₁: subhūtirgautamaḥ, A₁₉₃₁: tannibaddha° A₁₉₃₁: tat H: tantu L: add eva A₁₉₃₁: saṃbhavantīty A₁₉₃₁: āha L: pūrvo⸤ttarakālayogo A₁₉₃₁: add dhanvantariḥ, A₁₉₃₁: sūkṣmatvānno° L: om A₁₉₃₁: tadyathā---cūtaphale paripakve L: om A₁₉₃₁: keśaramāṃsāsthi° L: nāsti | L: om L: om L: om L: kevalan A₁₉₃₁: °rṣāt; tāny eva A₁₉₃₁: taruṇe no° L: tu L: saukṣmyān L: om A₁₉₃₁: add kālaḥ A₁₉₃₁: pravyaktatāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om L: om A₁₉₃₁: vaṃśāṅkuro 'pi L: om L: nābhivyajyate | L: om L: om L: om L: om L: om L: om A₁₉₃₁: saukṣmyādanu° L: yathākālaṃ A₁₉₃₁: tānyeva

1931 ed., 3.3.33 pūrvvottarakālayogo nāstīti kevalan tu saukṣmyān nābhivyajyante | yathākālaṃ pravyaktāni bhavanti | tatra pitṛjamātṛjarasajātmajasatvasātmyajāni śarīre lakṣaṇāni vakṣyāmaḥ || tatra keśasmaśrudantanakharomāsthiretaḥprabhṛtīni pitṛjāni || māṃsaśoṇitamedomajjāhṛnnābhiyakṛtplīhāntragudaprabhṛtīni mṛdūni mātṛjāni | śarīropacayo balavṛddhir vvarṇṇasthitihāniś ca rasajāni | indriyāṇi jñānam āyuḥ sukhaduḥkhādikaṃ cātmanaḥ satvajāny uttaratra vakṣyāmaḥ | vīryamārogyam balaṃ varṇṇo medhā ca sātmyajaṃ ||

K, N L: om A₁₉₃₁: tatra L: om L: om L: om L: garbhasya A₁₉₃₁: garbhasya A₁₉₃₁: °ttvajasātmyajāni A₁₉₃₁: śarīrala° A₁₉₃₁: vyākhyāsyāmaḥ | A₁₉₃₁: garbhasya, L: tu A₁₉₃₁: keśaśmaśrulomāsthinakhadantasirāsnāyudhamanīre° L: keśaśmaśrulocunakhāsthipra° A₁₉₃₁, L: add sthirāṇi A₁₉₃₁: māṃsaśoṇitamedomajjahṛ° L: °majjaprabhṛtinī A₁₉₃₁: balaṃ L: balaṃ praddhi A₁₉₃₁: varṇaḥ sthitir hāniś L: sthitir hāni⸤ś L: rajasāni | āyurācrogyaṃ A₁₉₃₁: vijñānamāyuḥ L: medhāsukhaduḥkhañ A₁₉₃₁: cātmajāni, L: cātmajāni | A₁₉₃₁: sattvajānyutta° L: om A₁₉₃₁: balavarṇau A₁₉₃₁: sātmyajāni ||

1931 ed., 3.3.34 tatra yasyādakṣiṇe stane prākpayaso darśanaṃ | dakṣiṇakukṣimahatvañ ca pūrvvadakṣiṇaṃ sakthi utkarṣayati | bāhulyāc ca punnāmadheyeṣu dravyeṣu daurhṛdam abhidhyāyati | svapne copalabhate padmotpalakumudāmrāmrātakādīni pun nāmany eva vā prasannamukhavarṇṇā ca bhavetāṃ brūyāt putram iyam prajanayiṣyatīti || tad viparyaye kanyāṃ || yasyāḥ pārśvadvayam avanatam purastān nirggatam udaraṃ prāgabhihitañ ca lakṣaṇan tasyāḥ | napuṃsakam iti vidyāt | yasyā madhye nimno droṇī prābhūtamuyugmaṃ prasūyata iti ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁, L: yasyā da° L: prāk payaso A₁₉₃₁: prāk payoda° A₁₉₃₁: add bhavati A₁₉₃₁: dakṣiṇākṣi° L: dakṣiṇapārśvaṃ L: add saṃśritaś L: add garbhaḥ A₁₉₃₁: pūrvaṃ ca da° L: gratau cdakṣiṇāṃ A₁₉₃₁, L: sakthyutkarṣatisakthyutka⸤rṣati A₁₉₃₁: vāhu° L: bāhuś L: om L: daurhṛdeṣu yā A₁₉₃₁: daurhṛdamabhi° L: sābhilāṣā bhavati | A₁₉₃₁: svapneṣu L: om A₁₉₃₁: °dāmrātakādīni A₁₉₃₁: punnāmanyeva L: punnāmānyeva A₁₉₃₁, L: om L: prasanno mukhavarṇṇaś A₁₉₃₁: bhavati tāṃ L: tām_ A₁₉₃₁: putramiyaṃ A₁₉₃₁, L: om pra° A₁₉₃₁, L: tadvipa° L: kannyām | L: om A₁₉₃₁: pārśvadvayamunnataṃ A₁₉₃₁: purastānnirgatamudaraṃ A₁₉₃₁: °hitalakṣaṇaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: nimnaṃ A₁₉₃₁: droṇībhūtamudaraṃ sā yugmaṃ

1931 ed., 3.3.35 bhavati cātra || devatā brāhmaṇaparāḥ śucyo hitam itāśanāḥ | mahāguṇāḥ prasūyante viparītās tu nirgguṇāḥ ||

K, N A₁₉₃₁, L: bhavanti L: add ślokaḥ . A₁₉₃₁: devatābrā° L: daivatabrāhmaṇaparā A₁₉₃₁: śaucācārahite L: śuddhyāhitamitāśani . A₁₉₃₁: ratāḥ || A₁₉₃₁: mahāguṇān L: ⸤mahāguṇam_ L: prasūyeta L: viparītā L: ca A₁₉₃₁: nirguṇān || L: nirguṇam |

1931 ed., 3.3.36 aṅgapratyaṅganirvṛttiḥ svabhāvād evajāyate | aṃgapratyaṃganirvṛttā ye bhavanti guṇāguṇāḥ || te vai garbbhasya vijñeyā dharmmādharmmanimittajāḥ ||

K, N L: °rvṛtti A₁₉₃₁, L: eva jā° L: guṇa A₁₉₃₁: °rvṛttau L: tv L: om A₁₉₃₁: te L: asya L: te cjñeyā

iti śārīratṛtīyo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

[Adhyāya 4. Draft based on MS H]

1931 ed., 3.4.1athāto garbhavyākaraṇaṃ śārīraṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

K, N, L H: garvbhavyā° A₁₉₃₁: add (nāma)

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add yathovāca bhagavān dhavantariḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.4.31931 ed., śā.4.3 agnīṣomo vāyuḥ satvaṃ rajas tamaḥ | pañcendriyāṇi bhūtātmānaś ceti prāṇāḥ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: agniḥ somo A₁₉₃₁: rajastamaḥ A₁₉₃₁: bhūtātmeti

1931 ed., 3.4.4 tasya khalu śukraśoṇitasyābhipacyamānasya kṣīrasyeva hi santānikāḥ saptatvaco bhavanti || tasāṃ prathamo vabhāsinī nāma yā sarvvavarṇṇān avabhāsayati | pañcavidhāñ ca cchāyām prakāśayati | sā vrīher aṣṭādaśabhāgapramāṇā | dvitīyā lohitā nāma ṣoḍaśabhāgapramāṇā | tṛtīyā śvetā dvādaśabhāgapramāṇā | carurthī tāmrāṣṭabhāgapramāṇā | pañcamī vedanī nāma pañcabhāgapramāṇā | ṣaṣṭhī rohiṇī nāma vrīhipramāṇā | saptamī śukradharā nāma vrīhidvayapramāṇā || yato vakṣyatyudare vrīhimukhenāṅgulamaṅguṣṭhodaramātram vāvagāhyeti

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: khalvevaṃpravṛttasya A₁₉₃₁: add mānasya A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: sapta tvaco A₁₉₃₁: prathamā A₁₉₃₁: add siddhmapadmakaṃṭakādhiṣṭhānā; A₁₉₃₁: vrīhiṣo° A₁₉₃₁: add tilakalakanyacchavyaṅgādhiṣṭhānā; A₁₉₃₁: nāma,vrīhidvā° A₁₉₃₁: add carmadalājagallīmaśakādhiṣṭhānā; A₁₉₃₁: tāmrā nāma vrīheraṣṭa° A₁₉₃₁: add vividhakilāsakuṣṭhādhiṣṭhānā; A₁₉₃₁: vedinī A₁₉₃₁: vrīhipañ° A₁₉₃₁: add kuṣṭhavisarpādhiṣṭhānā; A₁₉₃₁: add granthyapacyarbudaślīpadagalagaṇḍādhiṣṭhānā; A₁₉₃₁: māṃsadharā A₁₉₃₁: add bhagandaravidradhyarśo 'dhiṣṭhānā | yadetat pramāṇaṃ nirdiṣṭaṃ tanmāṃsaleṣv avakāśeṣu, na lalāṭe sūkṣmāṅgulyādiṣu; A₁₉₃₁: °reṣu---vrīhimukhenāṅguṣṭhodarapramāṇamavagāḍhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: vidhyediti ||

1931 ed., 3.4.5 kalāḥ khalvapi sapta sambhavanti dhātvāntarāśayamaryādāḥ || ślokau ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: dhātvāśayāntarama° A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.4.6 yathā hi sāraḥ kāṣṭheṣu chidyamāneṣu dṛśyate | tathā hi dhātur mmāṃseṣu cchidyamāneṣu dṛśyate ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add bhavataś cātra | A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: dhāturhi

1931 ed., 3.4.7 snāyubhiś ca praticchannāṃ santatāṃś ca jarāyuṇā | śleṣmaṇā veṣṭitām̐ś cāpi kalābhāgām vidur vvudhāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: praticchannān A₁₉₃₁: veṣṭitāṃś A₁₉₃₁: kalābhāgāṃs A₁₉₃₁: tu A₁₉₃₁: add tān A₁₉₃₁: viduḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.4.8tāsaṃ prathamā māṃsadhārā nāma | tasyā māṃsasirāsnāyudhamanīsrotasān navanavapratāni bhavanti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: yasyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: māṃse sirāsnāyudhamanīsrotasāṃ A₁₉₃₁: pratānā

1931 ed., 3.4.9 bhavati || yathā viṣamṛṇālāni vivarddhante samantataḥ | bhūmau paṃkodakasthāni tathā mānse sirādayaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add cātra | A₁₉₃₁: bisamṛ° A₁₉₃₁: māṃse

1931 ed., 3.4.10 dvitīyā raktadharā nāma mānsasyābhyantaratas tasyā śoṇitam viśeṣataḥ sirāsu ca yakṛtplīhnoś ca bhavati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: māṃsasyā° A₁₉₃₁: tasyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.4.11 || bha || vṛkṣādyathā hi prahatāt kṣīriṇaḥ kṣīram āmrayet | mānsādevaṃ kṣatāt kṣipraṃ śoṇitaṃ sampravartate ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: bhavati cātra | A₁₉₃₁: vṛkṣādyathābhipra° A₁₉₃₁: kṣīramāvahet || A₁₉₃₁: māṃsādevaṃ A₁₉₃₁: saṃprasicyate ||

1931 ed., 3.4.12 tṛtīyā medodharā nāma medas tu khalu sarvvabhūtānām udareṣv asthiṣu ca mahatsu cāntarmmajjā ca bhavati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: hi A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °tānāmudarasthamaṇvasthiṣu A₁₉₃₁: ca majjā A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.4.13 bha || sthūlāsthiṣu viśeṣeṇa majjā tv abhyantarāsritaḥ | athetareṣu sarvveṣu saraktaṃ meda ucyate ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: bhavati cātra | A₁₉₃₁: tvabhyantarāśritaḥ || A₁₉₃₁: add śuddhamāṃsasya yaḥ snehaḥ sā vasā parikīrtitā ||

1931 ed., 3.4.14 caturthī śleṣmadharā nāma yā .......sandhiṣu sarvvaprāṇapratām bhavati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: sarvasan° A₁₉₃₁: prāṇabhṛtāṃ

1931 ed., 3.4.15 bha || snehābhyakte yathā hy akṣe cakraṃ sādhu pravarttate | sandhayaḥ sādhu varttante saṃśliṣṭā śleṣmaṇā tathā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: bhavati cātra | A₁₉₃₁: saṃśliṣṭāḥ

1931 ed., 3.4.16 pañcamī purīṣadharā nāma yā caturvvidham apy annamāmāśayāt pracyutam pakvāsayopasthitaṃ dhārayati | koṣṭham vibhajati pakvāsayasthā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: yā'vtaḥkoṣṭhe A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: malamabhivibhajate A₁₉₃₁: pakvāśayasthā ||

1931 ed., 3.4.17 bha || yakṛtsamantāt koṣṭhañ ca tathāntrāṇi samāsritāḥ | uṇḍukaccham vibhajate malam maladharā kalāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: bhavati cātra | A₁₉₃₁: samāśritā || A₁₉₃₁: uṇḍukasthaṃ A₁₉₃₁: kalā ||

1931 ed., 3.4.18 ṣaṣṭhī pittadharā nāma yā caturvvidham aśitapītakādita līḍham iti pacati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: caturvidhamannapānam A₁₉₃₁: add upabhu(yu)ktamāmāśayāt A₁₉₃₁: pracyutaṃ pakvāśayopasthitaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: dhārayati ||

1931 ed., 3.4.19 bhavati cātra || aśitaṃ khāditaṃ pītaṃ līḍhaṃ yat koṣṭhagataṃ || tajjīryatiyathākālaṃ śoṣitam pittatejasā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add nṛṇām || A₁₉₃₁: tajjīryati ya°

1931 ed., 3.4.20 saptamī śukradharā nāma yā sarvvaprāṇināṃ sarvvaśarīravyāpinī bhavati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.4.21 bhavati cātra || yathā payasi sarppis tu guḍaś cekṣurase 'iti yathā | śarīreṣu tathā śukraṃ nṛṇām vidyādbhiṣagvaraḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: bhavanti A₁₉₃₁: gūḍhaścekṣau raso

1931 ed., 3.4.22 dvyaṅgule dakṣiṇe pārśve vastidvārasya cāpy avāddhu | mūtrasrotas tataḥ śukraṃ puruṣasya pravarttate ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: basti° A₁₉₃₁: cāpyadhaḥ || A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °taḥpathāccgukraṃ

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add kṛtsnadehāśritaṃ śukraṃ prasannamanasas tathā || strīṣu vyāyacchataś cāpi harśāttat saṃpravartate ||

1931 ed., 3.4.24 gṛhītagarvbhāṇām ārttavavahānāṃ srotasāṃ vartmāṇy uparuddhāni garbheṇa bhavanti || tasmād gṛhītagarvbhāṇām ārttavaṃ na tu dṛśyate | tatas tad adhaḥ pratihatagatyūrddhvabhāgam upari copacīyamānam udare mucyate | śeṣaṃ corddhatarabhāgam āgatam payodharāv abhipratipadyete | tasmād garvbhiṇyaḥ pīnonnatapayodharā bhavanti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: gṛhītagarbhāṇāmārta° A₁₉₃₁: vartmānyavarudhyanta A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °garbhāṇāmārtavaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tatastadadhaḥ A₁₉₃₁: °tamūrdhvamāgatamaparaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °mānamaparāîtyabhidhīyate; A₁₉₃₁: cordhvataramāgataṃ A₁₉₃₁: payodharāvabhipratipadyate, A₁₉₃₁: garbhiṇyaḥ

1931 ed., 3.4.25 yakṛtplīhānau śoṇitajau | śoṇitaphenaprabhavaḥ phupphusaḥ śoṇitakiṭṭaprabhavaḥ | uṇḍukaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add garbhasya A₁₉₃₁: °bhabhavaḥ A₁₉₃₁: śoṇitāṃkaṭṭaprabhabhva

1931 ed., 3.4.26 bhavati cātra || asṛjaḥ śleṣmaṇaś cāpi yaḥ prasādaḥ paro mataḥ | taṃ pacyamānaṃ pittena vātaś cāpy anudhāvati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: asṛjaḥ A₁₉₃₁: vāyuś A₁₉₃₁: cāpyanu°

1931 ed., 3.4.27 tato 'syāntrāṇi jāyante gude vastiś ca dehinaḥ | tatrāsya mathyamānasya dhāmyamānasya rugmavat ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: gudaṃ A₁₉₃₁: bastiś A₁₉₃₁: udare A₁₉₃₁: pacyamānānāmādhmānādrukmasāravat ||

1931 ed., 3.4.28 jantoḥ saṃjāyate jihvā yayā vedayate rasān ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: kaphaśoṇitamāṃsānāṃ A₁₉₃₁: sāro A₁₉₃₁: prajāyate || A₁₉₃₁: add yathārthamūṣmaṇā yukto vāyuḥ srotāṃsi A₁₉₃₁: dārayet ||

1931 ed., 3.4.291931 ed., śā.4.29

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add anupraviśya piśitaṃ peśīrvibhajate tathā || medasaḥ snehamādāya sirāsnāyutvamāpnuyāt ||

1931 ed., 3.4.301931 ed., śā.4.30

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add sirāṇāṃ tu mṛduḥ pākaḥ snāyūnāṃ ca tataḥ kharaḥ || āśayyābhyāsayogena karotyāśayasaṃbhavam ||

1931 ed., 3.4.31 śoṇitakaphaprasādajaṃ hṛdayaṃ | yadāsrayā hi dhamanyaḥ prāṇavahās tad viśeṣeṇa cetanāsthānam uktaṃ || tasmim̐stamasāvṛte sarvvaprāṇinaḥ svapanti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add raktamedaḥprasādādvṛkkau; māṃsāsṛkkalhamedaḥprasādādvṛṣaṇau; A₁₉₃₁: yadāśrayā A₁₉₃₁: add tasyādho A₁₉₃₁: vāmataḥ A₁₉₃₁: add plīhā phupphusaśca, dakṣiṇato yakṛt kloma ca; taddhṛdayaṃ A₁₉₃₁: atastasmiṃstamasā 'vṛte

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add bhavati cātra | puṇḍarīkeṇa sadṛśaṃ hṛdayaṃ syādadhomukham || jāgratastadvikasati svapataś ca nimīlati ||

1931 ed., 3.4.33 nidrān tu vaiṣṇaṃ vīpāpmānam upadiśanti | sā svabhāvataḥ sarvvaprāṇino nispṛśati | tatra yadā saṃjñāvahāni srotānsi tamobhūyiṣṭhaḥ śleṣmā pratipadyate || tadā tāmasī nāma nidrā bhavatyanavabodhinī sā pralayakāle tamobhūyiṣṭhānāmahaḥsu ca niśāsu bhavati | rajobhūyiṣṭhā nāma nimittasatvabhūyiṣṭhānām ardharātre kṣīṇaśleṣmaṇām anilavahulānām mano bhighātāc ca vaikārikī ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: nidrāṃ A₁₉₃₁: vaiṣṇavīṃ A₁₉₃₁: om vī° A₁₉₃₁: svabhāvata A₁₉₃₁: add eva A₁₉₃₁: 'bhis pṛśati | A₁₉₃₁: srotāṃsi A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: °ṣṭhānāmanimittaṃ, sattvabhūyiṣṭhānāmardharātre; A₁₉₃₁: °ṣmanilabahulānāṃ A₁₉₃₁: manaḥśarīrābhitāpavatāṃ A₁₉₃₁: add naiva, sā A₁₉₃₁: add bhavati ||

1931 ed., 3.4.34 bhavanti cātra || hṛdayañ cetanāsthānaṃ muktaṃ suśruta dehinām | tamobhibhūte tasmiṃs tu nidrā viśati dehinaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °sthānamuktaṃ A₁₉₃₁: dehinam ||

1931 ed., 3.4.35 nidrāhetustamaḥ sattvaṃ bodhane heturucyate | svabhāva eva vā hetur ggarīyān parikīrtyate ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: heturgarī°

1931 ed., 3.4.36 pūrvvadehānubhūtām̐s tu bhūtātmā svapiti prabhuḥ || rajoyuktena manasā gṛhṇīte rthāṃ śubhāśubhāṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °tāṃs A₁₉₃₁: svapataḥ A₁₉₃₁: gṛhṇātyarthān A₁₉₃₁: śubhāśubhān ||

1931 ed., 3.4.37 karaṇānāṃ tu vaiguṇye tamasā bhipravarttate | asvapann api bhūtātmā prasupta iti cocyate ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vaikalye A₁₉₃₁: tamasā'bhipravardhite || A₁₉₃₁: asvapannapi A₁₉₃₁: iva

1931 ed., 3.4.38 sarvvarttuṣu ca divāsvapnam pratiṣiddho 'nyatra grīṣmāt | pratiṣiddheṣv api pratiṣiddho vālavṛddhakṣatakṣīṇamadyapītastrīyānavāhanādhvakarmmapariśrāntānām | abhuktavatāṃ medomārutakapharasakṣīṇānāṃ muhūrttam praśaṃsanti | rātrāv api khalu jāgaritavatāṃ jāgaraṇakālārddhan divāsvapet | vikṛtis tu divāsvapno nāma tatra svapatāmadharmmaḥ sarvvadoṣaprakopaś ca tat prakopāt kāsaś cāsapratiśyāyaśiro gauravāṅgamarddārocakāgnidaurvvalyāni bhavanti | rātrāv api khalu jāgaritavatāntanimittāsta eva doṣāḥ prādurbhavanti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: divāsvāpaḥ A₁₉₃₁: tu A₁₉₃₁: bālavṛddhastrīkarśitakṣatakṣīṇamadyanityayānavāhanādhvakarmapariśrāntānāmabhu° A₁₉₃₁: medaḥsvedakapharasaraktakṣīṇānāmajīrṇināṃ A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: divāsvapanamapratiṣiddham | A₁₉₃₁: rātrāvapi A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: jāgaritakālādardhamiṣyate A₁₉₃₁: divāsvapanam | A₁₉₃₁: vikṛtirhi A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °kopaśca, A₁₉₃₁: tatprakopācca A₁₉₃₁: kāsaśvāsapratiśyāyaśiro-gauravāṅgamardārocakajvarāgnidaurbalyāni A₁₉₃₁: rātrāvapi A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °tāṃ vātapittanimittāsta A₁₉₃₁: evopadravā A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: bhavanti || H: prādurvbhavanti ||

1931 ed., 3.4.39 bhavanti cātra ślokāḥ || tasmān na jāgṛyād rātrau divā svapnañ ca varjjayet | jñātvā doṣakarāv etau vudhaḥ svapnam itaś caret mitaṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tasmānna A₁₉₃₁: jāgṛyādrātrau A₁₉₃₁: divāsvapnaṃ A₁₉₃₁: doṣakarāvetau A₁₉₃₁: budhaḥ A₁₉₃₁: mitaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.4.40 tathā hy aro...ḥ sumanā valavarṇṇānvitā bhṛśaṃ | nātisthūlakṛṣaḥ śrīmān naro jīvet samā śataṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: arogaḥ A₁₉₃₁: add hyevaṃ A₁₉₃₁: balavarṇānvito A₁₉₃₁: vṛṣaḥ || A₁₉₃₁: °kṛśaḥ A₁₉₃₁: samāḥ

1931 ed., 3.4.56 mūrcchā pittatamaḥ prāyā rajaḥpittānilādbhramaḥ | tamovātakaphātandrā nidrā śleṣmatamobhavā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °maḥprāyā, A₁₉₃₁: °phāttandrā,

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add nidrā sātmyīkṛtā yais tu rātrau ca yadi vā divā || (divārātrau ca ye nityaṃ svapnajāgaraṇocitāḥ |) na teṣāṃ svapatāṃ doṣo jāgratāṃ vā'pi jāyate ||

1931 ed., 3.4.42 nidrānāśonilāt pittātmanas tāpāt kṣayādapi | abhighātāc ca bhavati pratyanīkaiḥ sa śāmyati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: nidrānāśo 'ni° A₁₉₃₁: pittānmanastāpāt A₁₉₃₁: saṃbhavatyabhi° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: praśāmyati ||

1931 ed., 3.4.431931 ed., śā.4.43 nidrānāśe 'bhyaṅgayogo mūrdhni tailaniṣevaṇam || gātrasyodvartanaṃ caiva hitaṃ saṃvāhanāni ca ||

K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.4.441931 ed., śā.4.44 śāligodhūmapiṣṭānnabhakṣyairaikṣavasaṃskṛtaiḥ || bhojanaṃ madhuraṃ snigdhaṃ kṣīramāṃsarasādibhiḥ ||

K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.4.451931 ed., śā.4.45 rasairbileśayānāṃ ca viṣkirāṇāṃ tathaiva ca || drākṣāsitekṣudravyāṇām upayogo bhavenniśi ||

K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.4.461931 ed., śā.4.46 śayanāsanayānāni manojñāni mṛduni ca || nidrānāśe tu kurvīta tathā'nyānyapi buddhimān ||

K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.4.47nidrātiyoge vamanaṃ hitaṃ saṃśodhanāni ca | laṃghanaṃ raktamokṣaś ca manovyākulanāni ca ||

K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.4.48 kaphamedoviṣārttānāṃ rātrau jāgaraṇaṃ hitam | divāsvapnaś ca bhṛṭchūlahikkājīrṇṇātisāriṇāṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: tṛṭśūla°

1931 ed., 3.4.491931 ed., śā.4.49 indriyārtheṣv asamvittir jjṛmbhanaṃ gauravaṃ klamaḥ | nidrārttasyaiva yasyehā tasya tandrā vinirddiśet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: asaṃprāptirgauravaṃ A₁₉₃₁: jṛmbhaṇaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: nidrārtasyeva A₁₉₃₁: tandrāṃ

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add pītvaikamanilocchvāsamudveṣṭan vivṛtānanaḥ || yaṃ muñcati sanetrāsraṃ sa jṛmbha iti saṃjñitaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add yo 'nāyāsaḥ śramo dehe pravṛddhaḥ śvāsavarjitaḥ || klamaḥ sa iti vijñeya indriyārthaprabādhakaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add sukhasparśaprasaṅgitvaṃ duḥkhadveṣaṇalolatā || śaktasya cāpyanutsāhaḥ karmasvālasyamucyate ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add utkliśyānnaṃ na nirgacchet prasekaṣṭhīvaneritam || hṛdayaṃ pīḍyate cāsya tamutkleśaṃ vinirdiśet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add vaktre madhuratā tandrā hṛdayodveṣṭanaṃ bhramaḥ || na cānnamabhikāṅkṣeta glāniṃ tasya vinirdiśet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add ārdracarbhāvanaddhaṃ vā(hi)yo gātramabhimanyate || tathā guru śiro 'tyarthaṃ gauravaṃ tadvinirdiśet ||

1931 ed., 3.4.57 garbhasya khalu rasaguṇanimittātmā turāhāranimittā ca parivṛddhir bhavati ||

K, N, L H: garvbhasya A₁₉₃₁: rasanimittā mārutādhmānani° H: parivṛddhi⸤rvbhavati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add bhavanti cātra | tasyāntareṇa nābhes tu jyotiḥsthānaṃ dhruvaṃ smṛtam || tadādhamati vātas tu dehastenāsya vardhate ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add ūṣmaṇā sahitaś cāpi dārayatyasya mārutaḥ || ūrdhvaṃ tiryagadhastāc ca srotāṃsyapi yathā tathā ||

1931 ed., 3.4.60 bhavati cātra || dṛṣṭiś ca romakūpāś ca vardhante na kadācana | dhruvāṇy etāni marttyānām iti dhanvantarer mmataṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add na A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: dhruvāṇyetāni A₁₉₃₁: dhanvantarermatam ||

1931 ed., 3.4.61 śarīre kṣīyamāṇe pi varddhate dvāv imau sadā | svabhāvam prakṛtiṅ kṛtvā nakhakeśāv iti sthitiḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vardhete A₁₉₃₁: dvāvimau A₁₉₃₁: nakhakeśāviti

1931 ed., 3.4.62 tisraḥ prakṛtayo bhavanti vātapittakaphanimittāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: sapta A₁₉₃₁: bhavanti---doṣaiḥ pṛthak, A₁₉₃₁: dviśaḥ, samastaiś A₁₉₃₁: add ca ||

1931 ed., 3.4.63 śuklaśoṇitasaṃyoge yo doṣas tūtkaṭo bhavet | prakṛtir jjāyate tena tāsāṃ me lakṣaṇaṃ śṛṇu ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: śukraśo° A₁₉₃₁: bhaveddoṣa A₁₉₃₁: utkaṭaḥ || A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: prakṛtirjāyate A₁₉₃₁: tasyā

1931 ed., 3.4.64 tatra vāta prakṛtijāgarūkaḥ śītadveṣī durbhagas tenonāryo mastarogāndharvvaḥ | sphuṭitakaracaraṇau rūkṣālpakeśaḥ smaśruḥ kaṭhimakrodhī dantakhādī alpavalo 'lpāyuś ca bhavati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: yaḥ A₁₉₃₁: prajā° H: durvbhagasteno° A₁₉₃₁: steno A₁₉₃₁: matsaryanāryo gāndharvacittaḥ A₁₉₃₁: °raṇo A₁₉₃₁: 'lparūkṣaśmaśrunakhakeśaḥ A₁₉₃₁: krāthī A₁₉₃₁: dantanakhakhādī A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.4.65 bhavati cātra || adhṛtiradṛḍhāsauhṛdayaḥ kṛtaghnaḥ kṛṣaparuṣo dhamanītataḥ pralāpī | drutagatiraṭano navasthitātmā nabhasi ca gacchati saṃbhrameṇa suptaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: adhṛtiradṛḍhasauhṛdaḥ A₁₉₃₁: kṛśaparuṣo A₁₉₃₁: viyati

1931 ed., 3.4.66 avyavasthitamatiś calacitto mandadantadhanasañcayamitraḥ || kiñcideva vilapaty anivaddhaṃ mārutaprakṛtireṣa manuṣyaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: avyavasthitamatiścaladṛṣṭirmandaratnadha° A₁₉₃₁: vilapatyanibaddhaṃ

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add vātikāś cājagomāyuśaśākhūṣṭraśunāṃ tathā || gṛghrakākakharādīnāmanūkaiḥ kīrtitā narāḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.4.68 pittaprakṛtis tu svedanaḥ śītasaho durggandhī pītaḥ kālo vā | śithilāṅgastāmranakhanayanatālujihvauṣṭapādapāṇitalo durbhago valīpalito sṛṣṭo vahubhuguṣṇadveṣī kṣiprakrodhaprasādaśīlo madhyamāyuś ca bhavati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: durgandhaḥ A₁₉₃₁: pītaśithilāṅgastāmranakhanayanatālujihvauṣṭhapāṇipādatalo H: du⸤rvbhago A₁₉₃₁: valipalitakhālityajuṣṭo A₁₉₃₁: bahu° A₁₉₃₁: kṣiprakopaprasādo madhyamaṣolo

1931 ed., 3.4.69 bhavati cātra || medhāvī nipuṇamatir nnigṛhya vaktā tejasvī samitiṣu durnnivāravīryaḥ | suptaḥ saṃ kanakapalāśakarṇṇikārāṃ saṃpaśyed api ca hutāśavidyudulkāṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °matirvigṛhya A₁₉₃₁: san A₁₉₃₁: °kārān A₁₉₃₁: °dulkāḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.4.70 na bhayāt praṇamet praṇateṣu mṛduḥ praṇateṣu ca sāṃvanadān aruciḥ | bhavatīha sadā vyathitāsyagatiḥ sa bhaved iha pittakṛtaprakṛtiḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: anateṣv A₁₉₃₁: amṛduḥ A₁₉₃₁: praṇateṣv A₁₉₃₁: api A₁₉₃₁: sāntvanadānaruciḥ || H: °dānaruciḥ | A₁₉₃₁: °sya gatiḥ H: bhavediha

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add bhujaṅgolūkagandharvayakṣamārjāravānaraiḥ || vyāghrarkṣanakulānūkaiḥ paittikās tu narāḥ smṛtāḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.4.72 śleṣmaprakṛtis tu dūrvvedīsvaranistriṃśārddrāriṣṭakaśarakāṇḍānām anyatamavarṇaḥ subhagaḥ priyadarśano madhurapriyaḥ | kṛtajño dhṛtimān sahiṣṇur alolupo valavāṃściragrāhī dṛḍhavairodīrghāyuś ca bhavati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: dūrvendīvara° A₁₉₃₁: sahiṣṇuralo° A₁₉₃₁: bala° A₁₉₃₁: dṛḍhavairaś

1931 ed., 3.4.73 snighdāṅgaḥ sthirasuvibhaktacārugātro lakṣmīvān jaladamṛdaṅgasiṃhaghoṣaḥ | suptaḥ san sakamalahaṃsacakravākān sampaśyed api ca jalāśrayān manojñāṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: śuklākṣaḥ A₁₉₃₁: sthirakuṭilāli(ti)nīlakeśo A₁₉₃₁: saṃpaśyedapi A₁₉₃₁: jalāśayān A₁₉₃₁: manojñān ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add raktāntanetraḥ suvibhaktagātraḥ snigdhacchaviḥ sattvaguṇopapannaḥ || kleśakṣamo mānayitā gurūṇāṃ jñeyo balāsaprakṛtirmanuṣyaḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.4.751931 ed., śā.4.75 dṛḍhaśāstramatiḥ sthiramitramanaḥ parigaṇya cirāc ca dadāti vahuḥ pariniṣṭatavākyapadaḥ satataṃ gurumānakaraś ca kaphaprakṛtiḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °tradhanaḥ A₁₉₃₁: prada° A₁₉₃₁: bahu || A₁₉₃₁: pariniścita° A₁₉₃₁: bhavetsa A₁₉₃₁: add sadā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add brahmarudrendravaruṇaiḥ siṃhāśvagajagovṛṣaiḥ || tārkṣyahaṃsasamānūkāḥ śleṣmaprakṛtayo narāḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.4.77 dṛśyate prakṛtau rūpaṃ yadā doṣadvayasya tu ||
saṃsarggan tam vijānīyāt saṃsarggas trividhaś cayaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add dvayor vā tisṛṇāṃ vā'pi A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: prakṛtīnāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: lakṣaṇaiḥ || H: saṃsarggantam A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: jñātvā A₁₉₃₁: saṃsargajā A₁₉₃₁: vaidyaḥ A₁₉₃₁: prakṛtīrabhinirdiśet ||

1931 ed., 3.4.78 prakopo vānyato bhāvo kṣayo vā nopajāyate |
prakṛtīnāṃ svabhāvena jñāyante tu gatāyuṣaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vā'nyabhāvo vā A₁₉₃₁: jāyate

1931 ed., 3.4.79 viṣajāto yathā kīṭo viṣeṇa na vipadyate |
tadvat prakṛtibhir ddehas taj jātatvān na vādhate ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add na A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tadvatprakṛtayo A₁₉₃₁: martyaṃ A₁₉₃₁: śaknuvanti A₁₉₃₁: bādhitum ||

1931 ed., 3.4.80 prakṛtir iha narāṇāṃ bhautikī kecid āhuḥ
pavanadahanatoyaiḥ kīrttitās tās tu tisraḥ |
sthiravipulaśarīraḥ pārthivaś cet kṣamāvān
śucir atha cirajīvī nābhasaḥ khair mmahadbhiḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: prakṛtimiha A₁₉₃₁: bhautikīṃ A₁₉₃₁: kecidāhuḥ A₁₉₃₁, H: kīrtitāstāskīrttitāstās A₁₉₃₁: ca A₁₉₃₁, H: śuciratha A₁₉₃₁: khairmahadbhiḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.4.81 śaucamāstikyam ābhyāso vedeṣu gurupūjanaṃ |
priyātithitvamijyā ca vrahmakāyasya lakṣaṇam ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °stikyamabhyāso A₁₉₃₁: brahma°

1931 ed., 3.4.82 sauryam ājñā mahābhāgyaṃ satataṃ śāstravuddhitā |
bhṛtyānāṃ bharaṇañ caiva māhendraṃ kāyalakṣaṇaṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add māhātmyaṃ A₁₉₃₁: śauryamājñā A₁₉₃₁: ca A₁₉₃₁: śāstrabuddhitā || A₁₉₃₁: cāpi

1931 ed., 3.4.83 sahiṣṇutatā śītasevā paiṅgākhyaṃ hari keśatā |
priyodakatvañ ca tathā vāruṇaṅ kāyalakṣaṇaṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add śītasevā A₁₉₃₁: sahiṣṇutvaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: paiṅgalyaṃ A₁₉₃₁: harike° A₁₉₃₁: priyavāditvamityetaddāruṇaṃ

1931 ed., 3.4.84 madhyasthatā sahiṣṇutvam arthasyāgamasañcayau |
mahāprasavaśaktiś ca kauveraṃ kāyalakṣaṇam ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: sahiṣṇutvamartha° A₁₉₃₁: °śaktitvaṃ A₁₉₃₁: kauberaṃ

1931 ed., 3.4.85 gandhamālyapriyatvañ ca nṛtyavāditrakāmatā |
vihāraśīlatā caiva gāndharvvaṅ kāyalakṣaṇam ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °kāmitā ||

1931 ed., 3.4.86 prāptakārī dṛḍhotthāno dhrtimān smṛtimāñ chuciḥ |
rāgadveṣabhayājñānair vvirjjito yāmyasatvavān ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: nirbhayaḥ A₁₉₃₁: smṛtimān A₁₉₃₁: śuciḥ || A₁₉₃₁: rāgamohamadaddeṣairvarjito

1931 ed., 3.4.87 vrahmacaryavratajapaṃ homādhyayanasevinaṃ |
jñānavijñānasampannam ṛṣisatvaṃ vidur naraṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: |japavratabrahmacaryaho° A₁₉₃₁: °pannamṛṣisattvaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add naraṃ A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.4.88 saptaite sātvikāḥ kāyā rajasās tu nibodha me |
aiśvaryavantaṃ raudrañ ca śūraṃ caṇḍam asūyakaṃ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: rajasāṃs A₁₉₃₁: nibodhame || H: nivodhame | A₁₉₃₁: caṇḍamasūyakam ||

1931 ed., 3.4.89 ekāśinaṃ tvaupadhikam āsuraṃ satvamīdṛśaṃ ||
ekāntagrāhitā raudryam asūyādharmma vākyatā |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: caudarikamāsuraṃ A₁₉₃₁: tīkṣṇamāyāsinaṃ A₁₉₃₁: bhīruṃ A₁₉₃₁: caṇḍaṃ A₁₉₃₁: māyānvitaṃ tathā ||

1931 ed., 3.4.92 bhṛśamātmastavaś cāpi rākṣasaṃ kāyalakṣaṇaṃ ||
utsṛṣṭācāratā raukṣṇyaṃ sāhasapriyatā tathā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: bhṛśam ātma° A₁₉₃₁: ucchiṣṭāhāratā A₁₉₃₁: taikṣṇyaṃ

1931 ed., 3.4.93strīlaulupatvaṃ nairllajjyaṃ paiśāco guṇasaṃgrahaḥ ||
tīkṣṇam āyāsavakulaṃ krodhanaṃ satvabhīrukaṃ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: strīlolu° A₁₉₃₁: paiśācaṃ A₁₉₃₁: kāyalakṣaṇam || A₁₉₃₁: asaṃvibhāgam alasaṃ A₁₉₃₁: duḥkhaśīlam A₁₉₃₁: asūyakam ||

1931 ed., 3.4.90 vihārāhāra capalaṃ sarppasatvam vidur nnaraṃ ||
asamvibhāgam alasan duḥśīlamasūcakam |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vihārācāraca° A₁₉₃₁: vidurnaram || A₁₉₃₁: pravṛddhakāmasevī A₁₉₃₁: cāpyajasrāhāra A₁₉₃₁: eva ca ||

1931 ed., 3.4.94 laulupañ cāpy adātāraṃ pretasatvam vidur nnaram ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: lolupaṃ A₁₉₃₁: vidurnaram || A₁₉₃₁: add ṣaḍ ete rājasāḥ kāyāḥ, tāmasāṃs tu nibodha me ||

1931 ed., 3.4.91 prabuddhakāmām asevī vā jasrāsāhāra eva ca |
amarṣaṇo navasthānaḥ śākunaṃ satvam ucyate ||
ṣaḍ ete rājasāḥ kāyās tāmasās tu nibodha me ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om H: pravuddhakāmāmasevī A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: ama° A₁₉₃₁: 'navasthāyī A₁₉₃₁: kāyalakṣaṇam || A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: ekāntagrāhitā A₁₉₃₁: raudramasūyā A₁₉₃₁: om H: nivodha A₁₉₃₁: dharmabāhyatā ||

1931 ed., 3.4.95 durmmedhastvaṃ mandatā ca svapna maithunanityatā |
nirākaṣṇutā śūcā vijñeyāḥ pāśavā guṇāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: svapne H: °nity atā | A₁₉₃₁: nirākariṣṇutā A₁₉₃₁: caiva

1931 ed., 3.4.96 anavasthitatā maurkhyaṃ bhīrutvaṃ toyakāmatā ||
parasparābhimarṣaś ca matsyasarvvātmakā guṇāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: salilārthitā || A₁₉₃₁: °mardaś A₁₉₃₁: matsyasattvasya A₁₉₃₁: lakṣaṇam ||

1931 ed., 3.4.97 satvavudhāṅgahīnaḥ syād āhāre kevale rataḥ |
priyārthakāmarahitaḥ satva vānaspate sthitaḥ naraḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: ekasthānaratir A₁₉₃₁: nityam A₁₉₃₁: vānaspatyo A₁₉₃₁: add naraḥ A₁₉₃₁: sattvadharmakāmārthavarjitaḥ || A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.4.98 ity ete trividhāḥ kāyāḥ proktā vairājasādayaḥ |
vijñāya kāyaprakṛtim anurūpāṃ kriyāṃ cared iti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vai tāmasās A₁₉₃₁: tathā || A₁₉₃₁: kāyānāṃ prakṛtīrjñātvā tv A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.4.99 iti śārīraṃ caturtho dhyāyaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: mahāprakṛtayastvetā A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: rajaḥsattvatamaḥkṛtāḥ || proktā lakṣaṇataḥ samyag bhiṣak tāś A₁₉₃₁: ca A₁₉₃₁: add vibhāvayet ||

[Adhyāya 5. Draft based on MS H]

1931 ed., 3.5.1 athātaḥ śarīravyākaraṇaṃ śārīram vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: śarīrasaṃkhyāvyā° H: śārītam

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.5.3 śukraśoṇitaṅ garbhāsayastham āmaprakṛtivikārasammūrcchito garbha ity ucyate || tad acetanāvasthitam vāyur vvibhajate teja enam pacati | āpaḥ kledayati | pṛthivī saṃhanti | ākāśam vivarddhayati | evam vivarddhitaḥ sa yadā hastapādajihvāghrāṇavadanakarṇṇādibhir upetas tadā śarīram iti saṃjñāṃ labhate | tac ca ṣaḍ aṅgaṃ śākhāś catvāraḥ | madhyaṃ ṣaṣṭhaṃ śira iti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: garbhāśayastham H: garbhāsa ya stham A₁₉₃₁: ātmaprakṛtivikārasaṃmūrcchitaṃ A₁₉₃₁: taṃ A₁₉₃₁: om a° A₁₉₃₁: vibhajati, A₁₉₃₁: kledayanti, A₁₉₃₁: pṛthivīsaṃ° A₁₉₃₁: °ṇakarṇanitambādibhir A₁₉₃₁: add aṅgair A₁₉₃₁: ṣaḍaṅgaṃ---śākhāś A₁₉₃₁: catasro, A₁₉₃₁: add pañcamaṃ,

1931 ed., 3.5.4 ataḥ param praty aṅgāni vakṣyante | mastakodarapṛṣṭhanābhilalāṭanāsācivukagrīvā ity ete ekaikāḥ || karṇṇanetrabhrū vā ca sagaṇḍakakṣastanavaṃkṣyaṇavṛṣaṇapārśvasphikjānukurpparavāhuprabhṛtayo dve dve viṃśatir aṅgulyaḥ srotānsi vakṣyante ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: pratyaṅgāni A₁₉₃₁: vakṣyante---mastakodarapṛṣṭhanābhilalāṭanāsācibukabastigrī° A₁₉₃₁: etā A₁₉₃₁: °bhrūśaṅkhāṃsagaṇḍakakṣastanavṛṣaṇapārśvasphigjānubāhūruprabhṛtayo A₁₉₃₁: aṅgulayaḥ, A₁₉₃₁: srotāṃsi A₁₉₃₁: vakṣyamāṇāni , eṣa pratyaṅgavibhāga uktaḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.5.5 ity etat praty aṅgavibhāgam uktaṃ tvayābhihitāḥ kalā dhātavo maladharoś ca ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: tasya punaḥ A₁₉₃₁: saṃkhyānaṃ---tvacaḥ A₁₉₃₁: add kalā dhātavo A₁₉₃₁: malā A₁₉₃₁: add doṣā yakṛtplīhānau A₁₉₃₁: add phupphusa uṇḍuko A₁₉₃₁: hṛdayamāśayā antrāṇi A₁₉₃₁: vṛkkau A₁₉₃₁: add srotāṃsi kaṇḍarā A₁₉₃₁: add jālāni kūrcā rajjavaḥ A₁₉₃₁: sevanyaḥ saṅghātāḥ A₁₉₃₁: sīmantā A₁₉₃₁: add asthīni A₁₉₃₁: sandhayaḥ snāyavaḥ A₁₉₃₁: add peśyo A₁₉₃₁: add marmāṇi A₁₉₃₁: sairā dhamanyo A₁₉₃₁: add yogavahāni srotāṃsi

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add tvacaḥ sapta, kalāḥ sapta, āśayāḥ sapta, dhātavaḥ sapta, sapta sirāśatāni, pañca peśīśatāni, nava snāyuśatāni, trīṇyasthiśatāni, dve daśottare saṃdhiśate, saptottaraṃ marmaśataṃ, caturviṃśatirdhamanyaḥ, trayo doṣāḥ, trayo malāḥ, nava srotāṃsi,(ṣoḍaśa kaṇḍarāḥ, ṣoḍaśa jālāni, ṣaṭ kūrcāḥ, catasro rajjavaḥ, sapta sevanyaḥ, caturdaśa saṅghātāḥ, caturdaśa sīmantāḥ, dvāviṃśatiryogavahāni srotāṃsi, dvikānyantrāṇi ) ceti samāsaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add vistāro 'ta ūrdhvaṃ---tvaco 'bhihitāḥ kalā dhātavo malā doṣā yakṛtplīhānau phupphusa uṇḍuko hṛdayaṃ vṛkkau ca ||

1931 ed., 3.5.8 āsayās tu vātapittaśleṣmāmapakvāgnisūtrāṇāṃ sapta | strīṇāṃ garbhāsayoṣṭama iti |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: āśayās A₁₉₃₁: vātāśayaḥ, pittāśayaḥ, śleṣmāśayo, raktāśaya, āmāśayaḥ, pakvāśayo, mūtrāśayaḥ, A₁₉₃₁: garbhāśayo 'ṣṭama iti ||

1931 ed., 3.5.9 sārddhatrivyāyāmānyantrāṇi puṃṣāṃ strīṇām arddhavyāyāmahīnāni |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: sārdhatrivyāmā° A₁₉₃₁: puṃsāṃ, A₁₉₃₁: strīṇāmardhavyāma°

1931 ed., 3.5.10 śravaṇanayanavadanaghrāṇagudameḍhrāṇi nava srotānsi narāṇām vahir mmukhāni | tāny eva strīṇām aparāṇi ca trīṇi | dve stanayor aparam adhastād raktavāhi ca |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: śravaṇanava° A₁₉₃₁: srotāṃsi A₁₉₃₁: bahirmukhāni, A₁₉₃₁: etānyeva A₁₉₃₁: strīṇāmapa° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: adhastādraktavahaṃ

1931 ed., 3.5.11 ṣoḍaśa kaṇḍarās tāsāñ catasraḥ pādayos tāvanta eva hastagrīvāpṛṣṭheṣu | tatra hastapādagatānāṅ kaṇḍarāṇāṃ nava nava prarohā grīvāhṛdayanivandhanīnām meḍhraśoṇipṛṣṭhanivandhanīnāmadhogatānām nita mvam ūruvandhotkapiṇdīnāñ ca

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: kaṇḍarāḥ---tāsāṃ A₁₉₃₁: tāvatyo A₁₉₃₁: nakhā A₁₉₃₁: (agra)pra° A₁₉₃₁: °-nibandhinīnāmadhobhāgagatānāṃ A₁₉₃₁: meḍhraṃ, śroṇipṛṣṭhanibandhinīnāmadhobhāgaga° A₁₉₃₁: bimbaṃ , A₁₉₃₁: mūrdhoruvakṣo 'sapiṇḍādīnāṃ

1931 ed., 3.5.12 māṃsasirāsnā yvasthidhamannījālāni praty ekaṃ catvāri tāni maṇivandhanagulphasaṃśritāni | yair vagākṣitam idaṃ śarītaṃ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °snāyvasthijālāni A₁₉₃₁: pratyekaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add catvāri, A₁₉₃₁: maṇibandhagu° A₁₉₃₁: parasparanobaddhāni A₁₉₃₁: add parasparasaṃśliṣṭāni parasparagavākṣitāni ceti, A₁₉₃₁: yairgavākṣitamidaṃ A₁₉₃₁: śarīram ||

1931 ed., 3.5.13 ṣaṭ kūrccās te hastapādagrīvāmeḍhreṣu |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °meḍheṣu; A₁₉₃₁: add hastayor dvau, pādayor dvau, grīvāmeḍhrayor ekaikaḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.5.14 mahatyo mānsarajjavals catasraḥ peśīnivandhanārtham pṛṣṭhavaṃśam ubhayato dve vāhye abhyantare ca dve |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: māṃsarajjavaścatasraḥ---pṛṣṭhavaṃśamubha° A₁₉₃₁: add peśīnibandhanārthaṃ A₁₉₃₁: bāhye, A₁₉₃₁: ābhyan°

1931 ed., 3.5.15 sapta sīmanyastatra vibhaktāḥ śirasi pañca jihvāśepasorekaikās tāḥ parihartavyāḥ śastreṇa |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: sevanyaḥ; sirasi A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: jihvāśephasorekaikā;

1931 ed., 3.5.16 caturddaśās saṃhatās teṣāṃ trayo gulphajānuvaṃkṣaṇeṣu | etenetarasakthi vāhu ca vyākhyātau | trikaśirasorekaikaḥ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: caturdaśāsthnāṃ A₁₉₃₁: saṃghātāḥ; A₁₉₃₁: bāhū

1931 ed., 3.5.17 caturddaśaiva sīmantāḥ | yair mmuktaḥ saṃhātāste khalvakadaśaikeṣāṃ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: sīmantāḥ; te cāsthisaṅghātavadgaṇanīyāḥ, A₁₉₃₁: yatastairyuktā asthisaṃghātāḥ; ye A₁₉₃₁: hyuktāḥ A₁₉₃₁: saṃghātāste A₁₉₃₁: khalvaṣṭāda°

1931 ed., 3.5.18 triṇi ṣaṣṭyāśatānyasthām iti || vedavādinopabhāṣante | śalyatantreṣu trīṇyava śatāni | teṣāṃ saviṃśaty sthiśataṃ śākhāsu | saptadaśottaraṃ śataṃ śroṇīpārśvapṛṣṭhoras su |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: trīṇi A₁₉₃₁: saṣaṣṭīnyasthiśatāni A₁₉₃₁: °dino bhāṣante; A₁₉₃₁: °tre tu A₁₉₃₁: trīṇyeva A₁₉₃₁: saviṃśamasthi° A₁₉₃₁: śroṇipārśvapṛṣṭhoraḥsu, A₁₉₃₁: grīvāṃ A₁₉₃₁: add pratyūrdhvaṃ triṣaṣṭiḥ, evamasthnāṃ trīṇi śatāni pūryante ||

1931 ed., 3.5.19 grīvāyāṃ praty ūrddvan triṣaṣṭhir ekaikasyāṃ pādāṅgulyāṃ trīṇi triṇi tāni pañcadaśa talakūrccagulphasaṃśritāni | daśa pārṣṇyām ekaṃ jaṃghāyāṃ dve jānunyekam ekam ūrūbhyāṃ | triṃśad evam ekasmin sakthini bhavanti | etena itarasakthi vāhu vyākhyātau || śroṇyām pañca | teṣāṃ gudabhaganitamveṣu catvāri trikasaṃśritam ekaṃ pārśve ṣaṭtriṃśad ekasmin tāvantyeva dvitīye | pṛṣṭhe dvātriṃśad evāṣṭhāvurasi | dve akṣakasaṃjñe grīvāyāṃ nava kaṇṭanāḍyāṃ catvāti | dve hanusaṃjñe dantā triṃśan nāsāyān trīṇyekatāluni gaṇḍakarṇṇaśaṃkheṣv ekaikaṃ ṣaṭ chirasīti |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add tu A₁₉₃₁: trīṇi A₁₉₃₁: pārṣṇyāmekaṃ, A₁₉₃₁: ekamūrāviti, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: triṃśadevam A₁₉₃₁: sakthni A₁₉₃₁: eteneta° A₁₉₃₁: bāhū A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: °nitambeṣu A₁₉₃₁: °śritamekaṃ, A₁₉₃₁: ṣaṭtriṃśadeka° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add 'pyevaṃ, A₁₉₃₁: om dvā° A₁₉₃₁: aṣṭāvu° A₁₉₃₁: aṃśaphalake , A₁₉₃₁: kaṇṭhanāḍyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: catvāri, A₁₉₃₁: hanvoḥ, A₁₉₃₁: dvātriṃ° A₁₉₃₁: nāsāyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: trīṇi, ekaṃ tā° A₁₉₃₁: °kheṣvekaikaṃ, A₁₉₃₁: śirasīti ||

1931 ed., 3.5.20 tān etān asthīni paṃcavidhāni bhavanti || tad yathā || kapālarūcakataruṇavalayanalakasaṃjñāni bhavanti | teṣāṃ jānurpparanitamvāḥ sagaṇḍutālumadhyaśiraḥ su kapālāni | daśanās tu rucakāḥ | ghrāṇakaṇṭhakarṇṇākṣikūṭeṣu taruṇāni | pādahastagrīvāpṛṣṭheṣu valayāni | bhavati cātra ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: etāni A₁₉₃₁: tadyathā---kapālaruca° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: jānunitanbāṃsagaṇḍatāluśaṅkhaśiraḥsu A₁₉₃₁: rucakāni, A₁₉₃₁: ghrāṇakarṇagrīvākṣikoṣeṣu A₁₉₃₁: pārśvapṛṣṭhoraḥsu A₁₉₃₁: add śeṣāṇi A₁₉₃₁: nalakasaṃjñāni || A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.5.21 yathā hi sāro vṛkṣasya tiṣṭhaty abhyantarāśritaḥ |
evam asthīni jantūnāṃ śarīran dhriyate tu taiḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add bhavanti A₁₉₃₁: cātra | abhyantaragataiḥ A₁₉₃₁: sārairyathā A₁₉₃₁: tiṣṭhanti A₁₉₃₁: bhūruhāḥ || A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: asthisārais A₁₉₃₁: tathā A₁₉₃₁: dehā A₁₉₃₁: dhriyante A₁₉₃₁: dehināṃ A₁₉₃₁: dhruvam ||

1931 ed., 3.5.22 tasmāc ciravinaṣṭe pi tvagmāṃse tu śarīriṇāṃ |
asthīni na viśyanti sāroṣa vidhīyate ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: tasmācciravinaṣṭeṣu A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tvaṅgāṃseṣu A₁₉₃₁: vinaśyanti A₁₉₃₁: sārāṇy A₁₉₃₁: etāni dehinām ||

1931 ed., 3.5.23 māṃsāny atra nivaddhāni sirābhiḥ snāyubhis tathā |
asthīny ālambanaṃ kṛtvā na śīryanti patanti vā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: māṃsānyatra A₁₉₃₁: nibaddhāni A₁₉₃₁: asthīnyālam° A₁₉₃₁: śīryante

1931 ed., 3.5.24 sandhayo dvividhāś ceṣṭāvantaḥ sthirāś ca |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add tu A₁₉₃₁: dvividhāśceṣṭā°

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add śākhāsu hanvo kaṭyāṃ ca ceṣṭāvantas tu sandhayaḥ || śeṣās tu sandhayaḥ sarve vijñeyā hi sthirā budhaiḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.5.26 saṃkhyātās tu dve śate daśottare teṣāṃ śākhā aṣṭaṣaṣṭir ekonaṣaṣṭiḥ koṣṭhe grīvā yāṃty urddhan tryāśītiḥ | ekaikasyān tu pādāṅgulyāṃ trayas trayaḥ | dvāvaṅguṣṭhe te caturddaśagulphajānuvaṃkṣyaṇeṣṭhekaikaḥ saptadaśaikasmin sakthini bhavanti | etena itarasakthi vāhu ca vyākhyātau || trayaḥ kaṭīkapāleṣu caturvviṃśatiḥ pṛṣṭhavaṃśe | tāvantya eva pārśvayoḥ | aṣṭāvūrasi | tāvantya eva grīvāyān tu yaḥ kaṇṭhanāṇḍyāṃ hṛdayaklomāsa nāḍīṣv aṣṭādaśatāsvevanivaddhā | dantaparimāṇā dantamūleṣv ekaikaḥ | kākalake nāsāyāñ caikkekaḥ | dvau dvauvartmmamaṇḍala yor nnetrāśritau | gaṇḍakarṇṇaśaṃkheṣv ekaikaḥ | dvau hanusaṃdhī dvāvupariṣṭād bhuvau śaṃkhayoś ca pañca śiraḥ kapāleṣv eko mūrddhri |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: saṅkhyātas A₁₉₃₁: daśottare A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: dve A₁₉₃₁: add śate; A₁₉₃₁: śākhāsvaṣṭa° A₁₉₃₁: grīvāṃ A₁₉₃₁: pratyūrdhvaṃ A₁₉₃₁: tryaśītiḥ | A₁₉₃₁: ekaikasyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tryastrayaḥ, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °śa; jānugulphavaṅkṣaṇeṣvekaikaḥ, A₁₉₃₁: add evaṃ A₁₉₃₁: sakthni A₁₉₃₁: eteneta° A₁₉₃₁: bāhū A₁₉₃₁: tāvanta A₁₉₃₁: urasyāṣṭau; A₁₉₃₁: tāvanta A₁₉₃₁: grīvāyāṃ, A₁₉₃₁: trayaḥ A₁₉₃₁: kaṇṭhe, nāḍīṣu A₁₉₃₁: °klomanibaddhāsvaṣṭādaśa, A₁₉₃₁: °leṣu, A₁₉₃₁: ekaḥ A₁₉₃₁: ca, A₁₉₃₁: vartmamaṇḍalajau A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: netrāśrayau, A₁₉₃₁: °kheṣvekaikaḥ, A₁₉₃₁: °ṣṭādbhruvoḥ A₁₉₃₁: śaṅkhayośca, A₁₉₃₁: śiraḥkapāleṣu, A₁₉₃₁: mūrdhni ||

1931 ed., 3.5.27 ta ete saṃdhayoṣṭavidhā bhavanti | tad yathā | korodūkhalasāmudgaprataratūnasīvanī vāyasatuṇḍamaṇḍalaśaṃkhāvartāḥ | teṣām aṅgulimaṇivandhagulphajānukūrppareṣu korāḥ saṃdhayaḥ | kakṣavaṃkṣaṇadaśaneṣū dūkhalasaṃjñā | aṃsam pīṭhagudabhaganitamveṣu sāmudrāḥ | grīvāpṛṣṭhavaṃśeṣu pratarāḥ | śiraḥ kaṭīkapāleṣu tūna sīvanī saṃjñāḥ | hanvorūbhayatas tu vāyasa tuṇḍāḥ | kaṇṭhahṛdayanetravartmmaklomanāḍīṣu maṇḍalasaṃjñāḥ | srotaśṛṃgāṭakeṣu śaṃkhāvartāḥ || teṣāṃ nāmabhir evākṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyākhyātāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: sandhayo 'ṣṭavidhāḥ---korolūkhalasāmudgaprataratunnasevanīvā° A₁₉₃₁: aṅgulimaṇibandha° A₁₉₃₁: kakṣāvaṅkṣaṇadaśaneṣūlūkhalāḥ, A₁₉₃₁: aṃsapīṭhagudabhaganitambeṣu A₁₉₃₁: sāmudgāḥ, A₁₉₃₁: °vaṃśayoḥ A₁₉₃₁: śiraḥka° A₁₉₃₁: tunnasevanyaḥ, A₁₉₃₁: om H: °ya ta A₁₉₃₁: hanor ubhayatastu H: stu⸤ A₁₉₃₁: vāyasatuṇḍaḥ, A₁₉₃₁: °traklomanāḍīṣu A₁₉₃₁: maṇḍalāḥ, A₁₉₃₁: śrotraśṛṅ°

1931 ed., 3.5.28 bhavati cātra || asnthāṃ tu saṃdhayo hyete kevalaṃ parikīrtitāḥ |
peśīsnāyusirāṇān tu sandhisaṃkhyān na vidyate ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: asthnāṃ A₁₉₃₁: kevalāḥ A₁₉₃₁: °rāṇāṃ A₁₉₃₁: °khyā

1931 ed., 3.5.29 nava snāyu śatāni bhavanti | teṣāṃ śākhāsu ṣaṭ chatāni | dve śate triṃśac ca koṣṭhe grīvāyāṃ pratyurdhvaṃ saptatiḥ | ekaikasyāṃ pādāṅgulyāṃ ṣaṭnicitāni triṃśac ca | tāvatya eva talakūrccagulpheṣu tāvatya eva jaṃghāyāṃ | daśa jānuni | catvāriṃśadūrvvāḥ | daśavaṃkṣaṇe | pañcāśat chatam evam ekasmin sakchini bhavanti | etena itarasakthi vahū vyākhyātau || ṣaṣṭiḥ kaṭyāḥ pṛṣṭhetvaśītiḥ | pārśvayoḥ | ṣaṣṭiḥ | urasi triṃśat | ṣaṭtriṃśad grīvāyāṃ | mūrddhri catustriṃśat | eva navasnāyuśatāni vyākhyātāni bhavanti | mahāsnāyuṣu kaṇḍareti saṃjñā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: snāyuśa° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tāsāṃ A₁₉₃₁: ṣaṭśatāni, A₁₉₃₁: grīvāṃ A₁₉₃₁: pratyūrdhvaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add tu A₁₉₃₁: ṣaṭ nicitāḥ, A₁₉₃₁: tāstriṃśat, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °dūrau, A₁₉₃₁: daśa vaṅ° A₁₉₃₁: śatamadhyardhamevam A₁₉₃₁: sakthni A₁₉₃₁: eteneta° A₁₉₃₁: bāhū A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: kaṭyāṃ, A₁₉₃₁: pṛṣṭe 'śītiḥ, A₁₉₃₁: ṣaṭtriṃśadgrīvāyāṃ, A₁₉₃₁: mūrdhni A₁₉₃₁: evaṃ A₁₉₃₁: nava snā° A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.5.30 bhavanti cātra ślokāḥ || caturvvidhāni snāyūni nāsateṣān nibodha me |
pratānavanti vṛtāni susirāṇi pṛthūni ca ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: snāyūścaturvidhā A₁₉₃₁: add vidyāttās A₁₉₃₁: tu A₁₉₃₁: sarvā H: nivodha A₁₉₃₁: pratānavatyo A₁₉₃₁: vṛttāś A₁₉₃₁: ca A₁₉₃₁: pṛthvyaś ca śuṣirās A₁₉₃₁: tathā ||

1931 ed., 3.5.31 pratānavanti śākhāsu sarvvasaṃdhiṣu cāpy atha |
vṛtāni kaṇḍarāḥ sarvvā vijñeyā kuśalair iha ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: pratānavatyaḥ H: °cdhi ṣu A₁₉₃₁: cāpyatha || A₁₉₃₁: vṛttās tu A₁₉₃₁: bijñeyāḥ A₁₉₃₁: kuśalairiha ||

1931 ed., 3.5.32 āmapakvāsayānteṣu susirāṇi pṛthūni ca |
pārśvorasi tathā pṛṣṭhe pṛthūlāni śiras ca ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °kvāśayānteṣu A₁₉₃₁: add bastau ca A₁₉₃₁: śuṣirāḥ A₁₉₃₁: khalu || A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: pṛthulāś ca A₁₉₃₁: śirasyatha ||

1931 ed., 3.5.33 naur yathā phalakās tīrṇṇā vandhanair vahubhir yutāḥ |
bhaved bhārasahā dṛḍhasandhisamāśritāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: nauryathā A₁₉₃₁: phalakāstīrṇā A₁₉₃₁: bandhanairbahubhir A₁₉₃₁: bhārakṣamā A₁₉₃₁: bhavedapsu A₁₉₃₁: nṛyuktā susamāhitā ||

1931 ed., 3.5.34 eva, eva śarīresmin yāvantaḥ sandhayaḥ smṛtāḥ |
snāyubhir vvahubhir vvaddāstena bhārasahāḥ smṛtā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: evam A₁₉₃₁: śarīre 'smin A₁₉₃₁: bahubhir A₁₉₃₁: baddhāstena A₁₉₃₁: bhārasahā A₁₉₃₁: narāḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.5.35 na hy asthīni na peśyo vā na sirā na ca sandhayaḥ |
vyāpāditās tathā hanyur yathā snāyūni dehināṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add vā A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: hanyuryathā A₁₉₃₁: snāyuḥ A₁₉₃₁: śarīriṇam ||

1931 ed., 3.5.36 yaḥ snāyūni vijānāni sa vāhyāsyantarāṇi ca |
sa guḍhāṃ śalyamudvarntun dehāc chakroti mānavaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: snāyūḥ A₁₉₃₁: pravijānāti A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: bāhyāś cābhyantarās A₁₉₃₁: tathā || A₁₉₃₁: gūḍhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: śalyamāhartuṃ A₁₉₃₁: dehācchaknoti A₁₉₃₁: dehinām ||

1931 ed., 3.5.37 pañca peśīśatāni tāsāñ ca catvāt iṃ śaktāni śākhāsu | koṣṭhe ṣaṣṭhiḥ | grīvāyāṃ pratyurddhañ catvāriṃśat || ekaikasyāṃ pādāṃgulyāṃ tisrastisrastāḥ pañcadaśa | pañcadaśaprapede pādopari | kurccasanniviṣṭās tāvantya eva | daśagulphatalayoḥ | gulphajānvontare viṃśatiḥ | pañca jānini | ūrvoddaśa | vaṃkṣaṇe daśa | śatam ekasmin sakthini bhavantye na itara sakthi vāhū ca vyākhyātau || ekā meḍhra sevanyāṃ | apare dve vṛṣaśayoḥ | gude tisraḥ | sphicoś ca pañca pañca | dve vasti śirasi | saptodare nābhyām ekā | pṛṣṭhorddhasaṃniviṣṭāḥ pañca pañca dīrghāḥ | pārśvayor daśa | dve vakṣasi | akṣakāṃ saṃpratisamaṃtāt sapta | dve hṛdyāmāsaye | ekābhyantarataḥ koṣṭhe | grīvāyāñ ca tasra | ekaikā galakālayoḥ | dve tāluni | jihvāyāṃ ṣaṭ | dve joṣṭhayoḥ | nāsāyāṃ dve | gaṇḍayoś catasraś catasraḥ | netrayor ddha | karṇṇayor dve | catasro lalāṭe | ṣaṭ chirasīti | tāny etāni pañca peśīśatāni puṃsām bhavanti |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add bhavanti | A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: catvāri A₁₉₃₁: śatāni A₁₉₃₁: ṣaṭṣaṣṭiḥ, A₁₉₃₁: grīvāṃ A₁₉₃₁: pratyūrdhvaṃ A₁₉₃₁: catustriṃśat | A₁₉₃₁: add tu A₁₉₃₁: daśa prapade, A₁₉₃₁: kūrcasanniviṣṭāstāvatya A₁₉₃₁: daśa gu° A₁₉₃₁: gulphajānvantare A₁₉₃₁: vañ ca A₁₉₃₁: jānuni, A₁₉₃₁: viṃśatirūrau, daśa A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: śatamevam A₁₉₃₁: sakthni A₁₉₃₁: bhavanti, A₁₉₃₁: etenetarasakthi A₁₉₃₁: bāhū A₁₉₃₁: add tisraḥ pāyau, A₁₉₃₁: meḍhre, A₁₉₃₁: cāparā, A₁₉₃₁: vṛṣaṇayoḥ, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: bastiśi° A₁₉₃₁: pañcodare, A₁₉₃₁: nābhyāmekā, A₁₉₃₁: pṛṣṭhordhvasan° A₁₉₃₁: add ṣaṭ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: akṣakāṃsau prati sa° A₁₉₃₁: hṛdayāmāśayayoḥ, A₁₉₃₁: add ṣaṭ A₁₉₃₁: yakṛtplīhoṇḍukeṣu; A₁₉₃₁: catasraḥ, aṣṭau hanvoḥ, A₁₉₃₁: kākalakagalayoḥ, A₁₉₃₁: add ekā A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: oṣṭhayor A₁₉₃₁: add dve, A₁₉₃₁: add dve A₁₉₃₁: netrayoḥ, A₁₉₃₁: gaṇḍayoścatasraḥ, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: ekā A₁₉₃₁: śira° A₁₉₃₁: evam A₁₉₃₁: om

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add bhavati cātra | sirāsnāyvasthiparvāṇi sandhayaś ca śarīriṇām || peśībhiḥ saṃvṛtānyatra balavanti bhavantyataḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add tu A₁₉₃₁: viṃśatiradhikā | A₁₉₃₁: pañceti, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: catasraḥ---tāsāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: mukhāśrite A₁₉₃₁: add bāhye H: garvbham A₁₉₃₁: garbhacchidrasaṃśritāstisraḥ, A₁₉₃₁: śukrārtavapraveśinyastisra A₁₉₃₁: add pittakvāśayayor madhye H: garvbhaśa° A₁₉₃₁: °yyā, H: garvbhas A₁₉₃₁: garbhastiṣṭhati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add tāsāṃ bahalapelavasthūlāṇupṛthuvṛttahrasvadīrghāsthiramṛduślakṣṇakarkaśabhāvāḥ sandhyasthisirāsnāyupracchādakā yathāpradeśaṃ svabhāvata eva bhavanti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add bhavati cātra | puṃsāṃ peśyaḥ purastādyāḥ proktā lakṣaṇamuṣkajāḥ || strīṇāmāvṛtya tiṣṭhanti phalamantargataṃ hi tāḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.5.42 marmmasirādhamanīsrotasām anyatra vibhāgaḥ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °tasāmanyatra A₁₉₃₁: pravibhāgaḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.5.43 bhavati cātra || śaṃkhanābhyo kṛtir yonis trir āvartā prakīrtitā |
tasyās tṛtīye tv āvarte garbhaśayyā pratiṣṭhitā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: śaṅkhanābhyākṛtiryonistryāvartā A₁₉₃₁: add sā A₁₉₃₁: tasyāstṛtīye A₁₉₃₁: tvāvarte H: garvbhaśayyā

1931 ed., 3.5.44 yathā rohitamatsyasya mukham bhavati rūpataḥ |
tat sthānañ ca yathārūpaṃ garbhaśayyām vidurvvudhā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: tatsaṃsthānāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tathārūpāṃ H: garvbhaśacyyām A₁₉₃₁: vidurbudhāḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.5.45 ābhugno 'bhimukhaḥ śete garvbho garvbhāśaye striyāḥ |
sa yoniṃ yāti śirasā svabhāvāt prasavam prati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: garbho A₁₉₃₁: garbhāśaye A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add yāti

1931 ed., 3.5.46 tvak paryantasya dehasya yo yam aṅgaviniścayaḥ |
śalyajñānādṛte nāyaṃ varṇyate ṅgeṣu keṣucit ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: tvakparyan° A₁₉₃₁: 'yamaṅga° A₁₉₃₁: naiśa

1931 ed., 3.5.47 tasyānnisaṃśayaṃ jñānaṃ śalya harttābhi vāñcchatā |
dhāvayitvā mṛtaṃ samyagdraṣṭavyoṅgaviniścayaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: tasmānniḥsaṃ° A₁₉₃₁: add hartrā A₁₉₃₁: śalyasya A₁₉₃₁: śodhayitvā A₁₉₃₁: samyagdraṣṭavyayo 'ṅga°

1931 ed., 3.5.48 pratyakṣato hi yad dṛṣṭaṃ śāstradṛṣṭañ ca yad bhavet |
samāgatan tadubhayam bhūyo jñānam vivarddhayet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: yaddṛṣṭaṃ A₁₉₃₁: yadbhavet || A₁₉₃₁: samāsatastadu° A₁₉₃₁: jñānavivardhanam ||

1931 ed., 3.5.49 tasmāt samastagātram avihatam adīrghavyādhipīḍitaṃ puruṣam apahṛtyāpagāyāṃ | vivaddhaṃ muñjavalvajaiḥ pañjarastamprakāśe deśe kothayet | samyak prakuthitañ coddhṛtyāya tad ehaṃ kṛtvo śīratṛṇeveṣu kurccādīnām anyatamena śanaiḥ śanair eva ghṛṣyatvagādīn sarvvaān eva vāhyābhyantarāna ṅgapratyaṅgaviśeṣān yathoktān lakṣayec cakṣuṣā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °gātramaviṣopahatamadīrghavyādhipīḍitamavarṣaśatikaṃ A₁₉₃₁: niḥsṛṣṭāntrapurīṣaṃ A₁₉₃₁: puruṣamavahantyāmāpa° A₁₉₃₁: nibaddhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add pañjarasthaṃ A₁₉₃₁: muñjavalkalakuśaśaṇādīnāmanyatamenāveṣṭitāṅgapratyaṅgamapra° A₁₉₃₁: samyakpraku° A₁₉₃₁: coddhṛtya A₁₉₃₁: tato A₁₉₃₁: dehaṃ A₁₉₃₁: saptarātrāduśīrabālaveṇuvalkalakūrcānām A₁₉₃₁: śanairavagharṣayaṃstvagā° A₁₉₃₁: sarvāneva A₁₉₃₁: bāhyābhyantarānaṅga° A₁₉₃₁: lakṣayeccakṣuṣā ||

1931 ed., 3.5.50 ślokau || na śakyañ cakṣuṣā draṣṭaṃ saukṣmyāsaukṣyataraṃ viduḥ |
dṛśyate jñānacakṣurbhis tapaś ca kṣurvbhis tapaś cakṣurvbhir evā |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add cātra bhavataḥ |) A₁₉₃₁: śakyaś A₁₉₃₁: draṣṭuṃ A₁₉₃₁: add dehe A₁₉₃₁: sūkṣmatamo A₁₉₃₁: vibhuḥ | A₁₉₃₁: tapaścakṣurbhir A₁₉₃₁: eva A₁₉₃₁: ca ||

1931 ed., 3.5.51 śarīre cāpi śāstre ca dṛṣṭārthas tu viśāradaḥ |
dṛṣṭaśrutābhyāṃ sandehaṃ vyaporabhate kriyām iti || ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: caiva A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: syādviśā° A₁₉₃₁: °tābhayāṃ A₁₉₃₁: sandehamavāpohyācaret A₁₉₃₁: kriyāḥ || A₁₉₃₁: om

iti śārīre pañcamo dhyāyaḥ || ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

[Adhyāya 6. Draft based on MS H]

1931 ed., 3.6.1 athātaḥ pratyekamarmmanirddeśaṃ śārīram vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

K, N, L

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.6.3 saptottaram marmmaśataṃ | tāni pañcavidhāni marmmāṇi bhavanti | tad yathā | mānsamarmmāṇi | śirāmarmmāṇi | snāyumarmmāṇi, asthimarmmāṇi | sandhimarmmāṇi | na khalu māṃsaśirāsnāyvasthisandhivyatirekeṇānyāni marmmāṇi bhavanti || yasmān nopalabhyante ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add marmāṇi A₁₉₃₁: pañcātmakāni A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: yathā---māṃsama° A₁₉₃₁: sirā° A₁₉₃₁: add ceti; A₁₉₃₁: māṃsasirā°

1931 ed., 3.6.4 tatraikādaśa māṃsamarmmāṇi, ekacatvāriṃśac chirāmarmmāṇi | saptāviṃśatiḥ snāyumarmmāṇi | aṣṭāv asthimarmmāṇi | viṃśatiḥ sandhimarmmāṇīti | tad etat saptottaram marmmaśataṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °śat sirāmarmāṇi, H: °śac chirā⸤marmmāṇi | A₁₉₃₁: saptaviṃ° A₁₉₃₁: °rmāṇi ceti |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: teṣām A₁₉₃₁: sakthni A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: grīvāṃ

1931 ed., 3.6.6 tatra sakthimarmmāṇi | kṣipratalahṛdayakurccakūrccaśirogulphendrabastijānuścāṇyūrvīlohitākṣāṇi ciṭipañ ceti | etenetaratsakthibāhū vyākhyātau || udarorasos tu marmmāṇy anuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ || gudo bastir nnābhir hṛdayaṃ stanamūle stanalohite apālāye apastambhe ceti || pṛṣṭhamarmmāṇi tu | kaṭīkataruṇa | kukundaranitambe pārśvasandhibṛhatyaṃsaphalakrakanyāsau ceti || jatruṇa ūrdhvaṃ catasro dhamanyo ṣṭau mātṛkāḥ | dve kṛkāṭike | dve vidhure | dve phaṇe | dvāv apāṅgau | dvau śaṃkhau | dvāv āvartau | dvāv utkṣepau | ekā sthapaṇī | pañca sīmantāḥ | catvāri śṛṃgāṭakānyeko 'dhipatir iti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: kṣipratalahṛdayakūrcakūrcaśirogulphendrabastijānvāṇyū° A₁₉₃₁: viṭapaṃ A₁₉₃₁: °kthi A₁₉₃₁: vyākhyātam | A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: gudabastinābhihṛdayastanamūla-stanarohitāpalāpānyapastambhau A₁₉₃₁: °ṇakukundaranitambapārśvasandhibṛhatyaṃsaphalakānyaṃsau A₁₉₃₁: add ceti | bāhumarmāṇi tu kṣipratalahṛdayakūrcakūrcaśiromaṇibandhendrabastikūrparāṇyūrvīlohitākṣaṇi kakṣadharaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add etenetaro bāhurvyākhyātaḥ | A₁₉₃₁: add (marmāṇi) A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add dvau śaṅkhāv A₁₉₃₁: sthapanī A₁₉₃₁: 'dhipatiriti ||

1931 ed., 3.6.7 tatra talahṛdayendrabastigudastanarohitāni | māṃsamarmmāṇi | nīladhamanī | mātṛkā sirāḥ śṛṅgāṭakāpāṅgasthapaṇīphaṇastanamūlāpalāpāpastambhahṛdayanābhipārśvasandhibṛhatīlohitākṣāṇy ūrvvyās sirāmarmmāṇi | ciṭipakakṣadharakurccaḥ | kūrccaśirobastikukṣāṇy ansavidhurotkṣepāḥ snāyumarmmāṇi | kaṭīkataruṇanitambānsaphalakaśaṃkhāny asthimarmmāṇi | jānukurpparasīmantā'dhipatigulphamaṇibandhakukundarāvarttakṛkāṭikāś ceti | sandhimarmmāṇi ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °nīmātṛkāśṛṅgāṭakāpāṅgasthapanīphaṇastanamūlāpalāpāpastambhahṛdayanābhipārśvasandhibṛhatīlohitākṣorvyaḥ A₁₉₃₁: āṇīviṭapakakṣadharakūrcakūrcaśirobastikṣiprāṃsavi° A₁₉₃₁: °tambāṃsaphalakaśaṅkhāstvasthimarmāṇi, A₁₉₃₁: jānukūrparasīmantādhipatigulphamaṇibandhakukundarānarta°

1931 ed., 3.6.8 tāny etāni marmmāṇi pañcavidhāni bhavanti || tad yathā | sadyaḥprāṇaharāṇi | kālāntaraprāṇaharāṇi | viśalyaghnāni | vaikalyakarāṇi | rujākarāṇi ceti || tatra sadyaḥprāṇaharāṇy ekonaviṃśatiḥ | kālāntaraprāṇaharāṇi trayastriṃśat | viśalyaghnāni trīṇi | catuścatvāriṃśad vaikalyakarāṇi | aṣṭau rujākarāṇīti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: pañcavikalpāni A₁₉₃₁: add marmāṇi A₁₉₃₁: yathā---sa° A₁₉₃₁: °rāṇīti | A₁₉₃₁: add trīṇi A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.6.9 bhavanti cātra ||
śṛṅgāṭakāny adhipatiḥ śaṃkhau kaṇṭhasirā gudaḥ |
hṛdbasti saha vai nābhyāṃ ghnanti sadyo hatāni tu ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: gudam || A₁₉₃₁: hṛdayaṃ A₁₉₃₁: bastinābhī A₁₉₃₁: add ca

1931 ed., 3.6.10 vakṣomarmmāṇi sīmantās talaḥ kṣiprendrabastayaḥ |
kaṭīkataruṇe sandhī pārśvajo bṛhatī ca ye ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: sīmantatalakṣi° A₁₉₃₁: pārśvajau A₁₉₃₁: yā ||

1931 ed., 3.6.11 nitambāv iti caitāni kālāntaraharāṇi tu |
utkṣepau sthapaṇī caiva, viśalyaghnāni nirddiśet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: sthapanī

1931 ed., 3.6.12 lohitākṣaś ca jānūrvvīkurccāciṭipakurpparā |
kukundare kakṣadhare vidhure sakṛkāṭike ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: lohitākṣāṇi A₁₉₃₁: jānūrvīkūrcaniṭapakūrparāḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.6.13 ansānsaphalakāpāṅge, nīle manye phaṇe tathā |
vaikalyakaraṇāny āhu,r āvarttau dvau tathaiva ca ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: aṃsāṃsaphalakāpāṅgā

1931 ed., 3.6.14 gulphau dvau maṇibandhau dvau dve dve kurccaśirāṃsi ca |
rujākarāṇi jānīyād aṣṭāv etāni buddhimān ||
pañcoktāni vikalpāni marmmaṇāṃ karmmaṇām pṛthak ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: kūrca° A₁₉₃₁: kṣiprāṇi A₁₉₃₁: viddhamātrāṇi A₁₉₃₁: ghnanti A₁₉₃₁: kālāntareṇa A₁₉₃₁: ca ||

1931 ed., 3.6.15 marmmāṇi nāma mānsasirāsnāyvasthisandhisannipātāḥ | teṣu svabhāvata eva prāṇās tiṣṭhanti | marmmasv abhihatās tām̐s tān bhāvān āpadyante ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: māṃsasi° A₁₉₃₁: add viśeṣeṇa A₁₉₃₁: add tasmān A₁₉₃₁: tāṃs A₁₉₃₁: bhāvan

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °rāṇyāgneyāni, A₁₉₃₁: °ṇeṣvāśu A₁₉₃₁: kṣīṇeṣu A₁₉₃₁: add kṣapayanti; kālāntaraprāṇaharāṇi A₁₉₃₁: add saumyāgneyāni, A₁₉₃₁: agniguṇeṣvāśu kṣīṇeṣu krameṇa ca somaguṇeṣu kālāntareṇa A₁₉₃₁: viśalyaprāṇaharāṇi A₁₉₃₁: vāyvyāni, A₁₉₃₁: śalyamu° A₁₉₃₁: antarvāyus A₁₉₃₁: °nāśrito A₁₉₃₁: vāyurniṣkrā° A₁₉₃₁: add (pākātpatitaśalyo vā jīvati) ; A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: sthiratvāc chaityāc A₁₉₃₁: trāṇā° A₁₉₃₁: rujākarāṇyagnivāyuguṇabhū° A₁₉₃₁: viśeṣataśca A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add eke ||

1931 ed., 3.6.17 kecid āhur mmānsādīnāṃ samastānāṃ samṛddhānāñ ca samavāyāt | sadyaḥprāṇaharāṇi | ekahīnānām alpānāñ ca samavāyakālāntaraprāṇaharāṇi | dvihīnānāṃ tu viśalyaprāṇaharāṇi | trihīnānān tu vaiguṇyakarāṇi | ekasminn eva rujākarāṇīti || yataś caivamato sthimarmmasv api kṣateṣu śoṇitāgamanam bhavati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: māṃsādīnāṃ A₁₉₃₁: add pañcānāmapi A₁₉₃₁: vivṛddhānāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: vā kā° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: trihīnānāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: vaikalyaka° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: naivaṃ, yato A₁₉₃₁: 'sthimarmasvapyabhihateṣu A₁₉₃₁: śoṇitāamanaṃ

1931 ed., 3.6.18 bhavanti cātra ||
caturvvidhā yās tu sirāḥ śarīre, prāyeṇa tā marmmasu sanniviṣṭāḥ |
snāyvasthimāṃsāni tathaiva sandhī, santarppayantyopacayanti dehaṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: sandhīn A₁₉₃₁: santarpya A₁₉₃₁: add pratipālayanti ||

1931 ed., 3.6.19 tataḥ kṣate marmmaṇi tāḥ pravṛddhaḥ samantato vāyur abhistṛṇoti | vivarddhamānas tu sa mātariśvā rujāḥ sutīvrāḥ pratanoti kāye ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: kṣte A₁₉₃₁: rujaḥ

1931 ed., 3.6.20 rujābhibhūtas tu tataḥ śarīraṃ, pralīyate naśyati cāsya saṃjñā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °bhūtaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add ato hi śalyaṃ vinihartumicchanmarmāṇi yatnena parīkṣya karṣet ||

1931 ed., 3.6.21 etena śeṣaṃ vyākhyātaṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: etenaśeṣaṃ

1931 ed., 3.6.22 tatra sadyaḥprāṇaharam ante viddhaṃ kālāntareṇa mārayati | kālāntaraprāṇaharam ante viddhaṃ vaikalyakaram bhavati | viśalyaghnañ ca vaikalyakaram bhavati | nānātīvrāṃ vedanāñ janayaṃti | vaikalyakaraṃ kālāntareṇa kleśayati | rujām vā karoti rujākaraṃ cālpavedanāṃ karoti |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vaikalyamāpādayati A₁₉₃₁: viśalyaprāṇaharaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: ca, A₁₉₃₁: kālāntaraṃ A₁₉₃₁: ca A₁₉₃₁: rujākaramatīvravedanaṃ A₁₉₃₁: bhavati ||

1931 ed., 3.6.23 tatra sadyaḥprāṇaharāṇi saptarātrābhyantarāt mārayanti | kālāntaraprāṇaharāṇi pakṣāt māsād vā | teṣv api tu kṣiprāṇi kadācid āśu mārayanti | viśalyaprāṇaharāṇi vaikalyakarāṇi ca kadācid atyabhihatāni mārayanti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: mārayati, A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.6.24 uta ūrdhvaṃ sakthimarmmāṇy anuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ || tatra pādasyāṅguṣṭhāṅgulyor mmadhye kṣipraṃ nāma marma ... madhyamāṅgulim anupūrvveṇa madhye pādatalasya talahṛdayan nāma marmma tatra rujāyām maraṇaṃ | kṣipratyopariṣṭād aṅgulam ubhayataḥ kūrcco nāma | ...ṇavepane bhavataḥ | gulphasandher adhaḥ kūrccaśiro nāma tatra rujāśophau bhavataḥ || pādajaṃghayos tu sandhāne gulpho nāma tatra rukastabdhasakthitā ca kuṇatā vā... pārṣṇim prati jaṃghāmadhye ndrabastir nnāma marmma tatra śoṇitakṣaye maraṇaṃ | jaṃghorvvoḥ sandhāne jānur nnāma tatra khañjatā bhavati | jānos tryaṅgulād ūrddhva...ṇir nnāma marmma tatra śophābhivṛddhiḥ stabdhasakthitā ca | ūrūmadhye ūrvvī nāma marmma tatra śoṇitakṣayāt sakthiśoṣaḥ | ūrvvyās tūrdhvam adho vaṃkṣaṇasa...le lohitākṣan nāma marmma tatra śoṇitakṣaye maraṇam pakṣāghāto vā || vaṃkṣaṇavṛṣaṇayor antare ciṭipan nāma marmma tatra sāṃḍhyam alpaśukratā ca bhavati | evam etāny ekādaśa sakthimarmmāṇi vyākhyātāni | etenetarasakthi bāhū ca vyākhyātāḥ || viśeṣatas tu yāni sakthini gulphajānuvaṃkṣaṇaciṭipāni tāni bāhau maṇibandhakurpparakakṣadharāṇi bhavanti | yathā ca pādajaṃghayos tu sandhau gulphau nāma marmma | evaṃ hastatalaprakoṣṭhayoḥ sandhau maṇibandho nāma marmma | yathā ca jaṃghorvvoḥ sandhāne jānu nāma marmma | evaṃ prahastabāhvoḥ sandhāne kurpparo nāma marmma | yathā ca vaṃkṣaṇavṛṣaṇayor mmadhye ciṭipan nāma marmma | evam akṣakakṣayor mmadhye kakṣadharo nāma marmma | tatra viddheṣu ta evopadravā bhavanti | viśeṣatas tu maṇibandhe kuṇṭhatā | kurppare pakṣāghātaḥ | kuṇitvaṃ kakṣadhare ceti | evam etāni catuścatvāriṃśac chākhāmarmmāṇi vyākhyātāni bhavanti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: pratyekaśo marmasthānāni A₁₉₃₁: vyākhyāsyāmaḥ---tatra A₁₉₃₁: add tatra viddhasyākṣepakeṇa maraṇaṃ; A₁₉₃₁: °gulīm A₁₉₃₁: anupūrvaṇa A₁₉₃₁: °dayaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tatrāpi A₁₉₃₁: rujābhir A₁₉₃₁: °ṣṭādubhayataḥ A₁₉₃₁: add tatra pādasya A₁₉₃₁: bhramaṇa° A₁₉₃₁: adha ubhayataḥ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: rujaḥ stabdhapādatā A₁₉₃₁: khañjatā A₁₉₃₁: jaṅghāmadhye A₁₉₃₁: indribastir A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °yeṇa A₁₉₃₁: jānu A₁₉₃₁: add jānuna ūrdhvam A₁₉₃₁: ubhayatas A₁₉₃₁: tryaṅgulamāṇī A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: ūrumadhye A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: ūrvyā A₁₉₃₁: ūrdhvam A₁₉₃₁: vaṅkṣaṇasaṃdher-ūrumūle A₁₉₃₁: lohitākṣaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: lohitakṣayeṇa A₁₉₃₁: add sakthiśoṣo A₁₉₃₁: niṭapaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: ṣāṇḍhyam A₁₉₃₁: vā A₁₉₃₁: vyākhyātau | A₁₉₃₁: sakthni A₁₉₃₁: °nuviṭapāni A₁₉₃₁: maṇibandhakūrpa° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: antare A₁₉₃₁: viṭapamevaṃ A₁₉₃₁: vakṣaḥka° A₁₉₃₁: kakṣadharaṃ, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tasmin A₁₉₃₁: viddhe A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: kūrparākhye A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: kuṇiḥ, A₁₉₃₁: pakṣāghātaḥ | A₁₉₃₁: °śacchākhāsu marmāṇi H: °śac chākhāmarmmāṇi A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.6.25 ata ūrdhvam udarorasor dvādaśa marmmāṇy anuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ || tatra vātavarcconiḥsaraṇī sthūlāntrapratibaddham mahāgudo nāma | tatra sadyo maraṇaṃ | alpamāṃsaśoṇitam abhyantarataḥ | kaṭyāmutrāsayayor bbastir nnāma marmma | tatrāpi sadyo maraṇaṃ | aśmarīvraṇād ṛte tatrāpy ubhayato viddhe maraṇam ekato bhinne mūtrāsrāvī vraṇo bhavati | sa tu yatnenopakrānto rohati || pakvāmāśayayor mmadhye śirāprabhāvo nābhir nnāma marmma tatrāpi sadyo maraṇaṃ | stanayor mmadhyam adhiṣṭhāyorasi āmāśayadvāraṃ sattvarajastamasām adhiṣṭhānaṃ hṛdayan nāma marmma tatrāpi sadyo maraṇaṃ | stanayor adhastād dvyaṅgulam ubhayataḥ stanamūle nāma marmaṇī | tatra kaphapūrṇṇakoṣṭhatayā maraṇaṃ | stanacūcukayor ūrddhve stanarohite nāma marmmaṇī | tatra raktapūrṇṇakoṣṭhatayā kāsaśvāsābhyām maraṇaṃ | aṃsakūṭayor adhastāt pārśvayor uparibhāgayor apālāpau nāma marmmaṇī | tatra pūyabhāvam āpanne śoṇite maraṇaṃ | ubhayatroraso nāḍyo vātavahe | apastambhau nāma marmmaṇī | tatra vātapūrṇṇakoṣṭhatayā kāsaśvāsābhyām maraṇaṃ | evam etāny udarorasor dvādaśa marmmāṇi vyākhyātāni ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °rasor-marmāṇy A₁₉₃₁: °rconirasanaṃ A₁₉₃₁: °tivaddhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: gudaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add marma, A₁₉₃₁: sadyoma° A₁₉₃₁: °ṇito+bhyantarataḥ A₁₉₃₁: kṭyāṃ mutrāśayo A₁₉₃₁: bastirnāma, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: sadyomaraṃam A₁₉₃₁: bhinne A₁₉₃₁: na A₁₉₃₁: add jāvati, A₁₉₃₁: mūtrasrāvī A₁₉₃₁: sirāprabhāvā A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: madhyamadhiṣṭhāyor asyāmā° A₁₉₃₁: hṛdayaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: sadya A₁₉₃₁: add eva A₁₉₃₁: add kasaśvāsābhyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: mriyate; A₁₉₃₁: ūrdhvaṃ dvaṅgulamubhayataḥ A₁₉₃₁: °hitau A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: lohitapū° A₁₉₃₁: ca A₁₉₃₁: add mriyate; A₁₉₃₁: pārśbopa° A₁₉₃₁: apalāpau A₁₉₃₁: tatra A₁₉₃₁: raktena A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: gatena A₁₉₃₁: nāḍyau A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: e am

1931 ed., 3.6.26 ata ūrdhvam pṛṣṭhamarmmāṇy anuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ || tatra pṛṣṭhavaṃśam ubhayataḥ pratiśroṇīkarṇṇāvasthinī kaṭīkataruṇe nāma marmmaṇī | tatra śoṇitakṣayāt pāṇḍuvivarṇṇo hīnarūpo vā maraṇaṃ | pārśvayor jjaghanabahirbbhāge pṛṣṭhavaṃśam ubhayato kukundare nāma marmmaṇī | tatra sparśājñānam adhaḥkāye daurbbalyaṃ ceṣṭānāśaś ca bhavati | śroṇīkarṇṇayor upary āmāśayāc chādane pārśvāntaraprativahe nitambe nāma marmmaṇī | tatrādhaḥkāyaśoṣo daurbbalyam maraṇañ ca | adhaḥpārśvāntarapratibaddhe jaghanapārśvamadhye tiryag ūrddhvajaghanāt pārśvasandhī nāma marmmaṇī | tatra śoṇitapūrṇṇakoṣṭhatayā mriyate | stanamūlādṛjūbhayataḥ pṛṣṭhavaṃśasya bṛhatī nāma marmmaṇī | tatra śoṇitātipravṛttinimittair upadravair mmriyate | pṛṣṭhopari pṛṣṭhavaṃśam ubhayataḥ | trikasaṃbandhe 'nsaphale nāma marmmaṇī | tatra bāhuś cāpaśoṣaḥ | bāhuśīrṣagrīvāmadhye 'ṃśapīṭhaskandhasaṃdhāne krakanyāse nāma marmmaṇī | tatra tabdhabāhur bbhagnapṛṣṭhatā vā bhavati | evam etāni caturddaśa pṛṣṭhamarmmāṇi vyākhyātāni ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vyākhyāsyāmaḥ---tatra A₁₉₃₁: pratiśroṇikāṇḍamasthinī A₁₉₃₁: marmāṇī, A₁₉₃₁: pāṇḍurvivarṇo A₁₉₃₁: hīnarūpaśca A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: mriyate, A₁₉₃₁: pārśvaja° A₁₉₃₁: ubhayato (nātinimne) A₁₉₃₁: marmāṇi, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: ceṣṭopaghātaś A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: śroṇīkāṇḍayor A₁₉₃₁: āśayāc chādanau A₁₉₃₁: °tibaddhau A₁₉₃₁: nitambau A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: daurbalyāc A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: adhaḥpārśvāntarapratibaddhau A₁₉₃₁: °madhyayos A₁₉₃₁: ūrdhvaṃ ca ja° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: lohita° A₁₉₃₁: °yateḥ A₁₉₃₁: bṛhatyau A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: trikasaṃbaddhe A₁₉₃₁: aṃsaphalake A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: bāhvoḥ A₁₉₃₁: svāpaśoṣau; A₁₉₃₁: bāhumūrdhagrī° A₁₉₃₁: 'sapīṭhasakandhanibandhanāvaṃsau A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: stabdhabāhutā; A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.6.27 ata ūrddhvam ūrddhajatrugatāni marmmāṇy anuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ || tatra kaṇṭhanāḍīm ubhayataś catasro dhamanyo vyatyāsena | dve nīle dve ca manye nāma marmmaṇī | tatra mūkatā svaravaikṛtya maraṇam arasagrāhitā ca bhavati | grīvāyām ubhayataś catasraḥ sirāmātṛkā nāma marmmaṇī | tatra sadyo maraṇaṃ | śirogrīvayoḥ kṛkāṭikā nāma marmmaṇī | tatra calaśīrṣatā maraṇam vā | karṇṇapṛṣṭhato 'dhaḥsaṃsrite vidhure nāma marmmaṇī | tatra bādhiryaṃ | ghrāṇamārggam ubhayataḥ srotomārggapratibaddhe 'bhyantarataḥ phaṇe nāma marmmaṇī | tatra gandhājñānam āpādayati | bhruvoḥ pucchāntayor adhaḥ | netrayor bbāhyataḥ | apāṅgau nāma marmmaṇī | tatrāndhyadṛṣṭyupaghāto vā | bhruvoḥ pucchayor upary anukarṇṇalalāṭo śaṃkhau nāma marmmaṇī | tatra sadyo maraṇaṃ | bhruvor antare upari nimnayor āvarttau nāma marmmaṇī | tatrāpy āndhyaṃ dṛṣṭyupaghāto vā | āvarttaśaṃkhayor upari keśānte utkṣepau nāma marmmaṇī | tatra saśalyaḥ pākāt patitaśalyo vā jīve noddhṛtaśalyaḥ | bhruvor mmadhye sthapaṇir nnāma marmma | tatrotkṣepavat pañca sandhayaḥ śirasi vibhaktāḥ sīmantā nāma marmmaṇī | tatrotmādacittanāsābhyāṃ maraṇaṃ | ghrāṇasrotrākṣisandhijihvātarppaṇīnāṃ sirāṇāṃ madhye śiraḥ srotaḥ sannipātas tāni catvāri śṛṅgāṭakāni marmmāṇi | tatrāpi sadyo maraṇaṃ | mastakābhyantaram upariṣṭāt sirāsandhisannipāto romāvarttaḥ so 'dhipatir nnāma marmma | tatrāpi sadyo maraṇaṃ | evam etāny ūrddhvajatrugatāni saptatriṃśad marmmāṇi vyākhyātāni bhavanti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: ūrdhvamūrdhvaja° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: vyākhyāsyāmaḥ---tatra A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: vyatyāsena, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: svaravaikṛtamara° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: ubhayataś-catasraḥ A₁₉₃₁: sirā mātṛkāḥ, A₁₉₃₁: sadyoma° A₁₉₃₁: add sandhāne A₁₉₃₁: kṛkāṭike A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: calamūrdhatā; A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: 'dhaḥsaṃśrite A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: abhyan° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: bhrūpu° A₁₉₃₁: adho A₁₉₃₁: 'kṣṇorbāhyato A₁₉₃₁: 'pāṅgau A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tatrāndhyaṃ dṛ° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: nimnayor A₁₉₃₁: āvartau A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tatrāpyāndhyaṃ A₁₉₃₁: dṛṣṭyupaghāto A₁₉₃₁: vā; A₁₉₃₁: pucchāntayor A₁₉₃₁: karṇalalāṭayor A₁₉₃₁: add madhye A₁₉₃₁: śaṅkhau A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tatra A₁₉₃₁: sadyomaraṇaṃ; śaṅ° A₁₉₃₁: keśānta A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add jīvati A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: sthapanī A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tatronmādabhayacittamāśairmaraṇaṃ; A₁₉₃₁: ghrāṇaśrotrākṣijihvāsanta° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: sirāsan° A₁₉₃₁: add śṛṅgāṭakāni, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °tarata A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: sadya A₁₉₃₁: eva | A₁₉₃₁: add saptatriṃśad A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.6.28 bhavanti cātra ślokāḥ ||
ūrvvyaḥ śirānsi ciṭipe sahakakṣapārśve ekaikamaṅgulamitā stanamūlagulphāḥ |
jñeyā dvir aṅgulamitā maṇibandhaṣaṣṭhā trīṇy eva jānuni paraṃ saha kurpparābhyāṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: ūrdhyaḥ A₁₉₃₁: śirāṃsi A₁₉₃₁: viṭape A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: saka° A₁₉₃₁: °mitaṃ A₁₉₃₁: stanapūrvamūlam || A₁₉₃₁: viddhyaṅguladvayamitaṃ A₁₉₃₁: °dhagulphaṃ A₁₉₃₁: jānu A₁₉₃₁: saparaṃ A₁₉₃₁: kūrparābhyām ||

1931 ed., 3.6.29 hṛdbastikurccagudanābhi vadanti mūrddhni catvāri pañca ca gale daśa yāni ca dve ||
tāni ścapāṇitalakuñcitasanmitāni, śeṣāṇy avaihi parivartti tato gulārddhaṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: hṛdbastikūrca° A₁₉₃₁: svapā° A₁₉₃₁: śeṣāṇyavehi A₁₉₃₁: parivistarato A₁₉₃₁: 'ṅgulārdhām ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add etatpramāṇamabhivīkṣya vadanti tajjñāḥ śastreṇa karmakaraṇaṃ parihṛtya kāryam || pārśvābhighātitamapīha nihanti marma tasmād dhi marmasadanaṃ parivarjanīyam ||

1931 ed., 3.6.31 cchinneṣu pāṇicaraṇeṣu sirā mukhānāṃm ākuñcanāt khalu nṛṇām asṛg alpam eti |
chinneṣu pāṇicaraṇeṣu bhavanty atas tu, nāleṣu vṛttamathiteṣu yathotpalāni ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: narāṇāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: saṅkocamīyurasṛgalpamato A₁₉₃₁: nireti || A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: prāpyāmitavyasanamugramato A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: manuṣyāḥ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: saṃcchinniśākhataruvannidhanaṃ na yānti ||

1931 ed., 3.6.32 kṣipreṣu vatsatalajeṣu ca bhedadoṣāṅgacchatyasṛgbahurujañ ca karoti vāyuḥ |
evaṃ vināśam upayānti hi tatra viddhā kiñjalkapatramathanād iva paṅkajāni ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: tatra sataleṣu A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: hateṣu raktaṃ gacchatyatīva pavanaś ca rujaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add vṛkṣā ivāyudhavighātanikṛttamūlāḥ || A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.6.33 marmmāṇi śalyaviṣayādrdham udāharanti yasmād dhi marmmasu hatā na bhavanti marttyāḥ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add tasmāt tayor abhihatasya tu pāṇipādaṃ chettavyamāśu maṇibandhanagulphadeśe || A₁₉₃₁: °yārdham A₁₉₃₁: ca A₁₉₃₁: sadyaḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.6.34 jīvanti tatra yadi vaidyaguṇena ke cit te prāpnuvanti vikalatvam asaṃśayaṃ hi ||
sambhinnajarjjaritakoṣṭhaśiraḥkapālā jīvanti śastravihataiś ca śarīradeśaiḥ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vikalatvamasaṃ° A₁₉₃₁: śastravi(ni)hataiś

1931 ed., 3.6.35 chinnaiś ca sakthibhujapādakarair aśeṣaṃ yeṣān na marmmapatitā vividhāḥ prahārāḥ ||
agnīṣomānilāḥ sattvaṃ rajaś ca tama eva ca |
prāyeṇa marmmasu nṛṇāṃ, santi bhūtātmanā saha ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °karair-aśeṣairyeṣāṃ A₁₉₃₁: add somamārutatejāṃsi A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: rajaḥsattvatamāṃsi A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: prāyaśaḥ A₁₉₃₁: puṃsāṃ A₁₉₃₁: bhūtātmā A₁₉₃₁: cāvatiṣṭhate ||

1931 ed., 3.6.36 tasmāt marmmasv abhihatā na jīvanti śarīriṇaḥ |
indriyārtheṣv asamvittir mmanobuddhiviparyayaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: abhihatās tasmān A₁₉₃₁: asaṃprāptir

1931 ed., 3.6.37 rujaḥ sutīvrā vividhā bhavanty asuhate nare ||
hate kālāntare cāpi, dhruvo dhātukṣayo nṛṇāṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: ca A₁₉₃₁: vividhās tīvrā A₁₉₃₁: āśuhare A₁₉₃₁: hate || A₁₉₃₁: kālāntaraghne A₁₉₃₁: tu

1931 ed., 3.6.38 tato dhātukṣayāj jantur vvedanābhiś ca naśyati |
hate vaikalyajanake, kevalaṃ vaidyanaipuṇāt ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °nane

1931 ed., 3.6.39 śarīrakṣayam āsādya vikalatvam avāpnuyāt |
viśalyaghneṣu vijñeyo yo hetuḥ prāg udīritaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: śarīraṃ A₁₉₃₁: add kriyayā A₁₉₃₁: yuktaṃ A₁₉₃₁: vijñeyaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add pūrvoktaṃ A₁₉₃₁: yac A₁₉₃₁: ca A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: kāraṇam ||

1931 ed., 3.6.40 rujākarāṇi marmmāṇi kṣatāni vividhā rujaḥ |
kurvvanty ante ca vaikalyaṃ kuvaidyavaśago yadi ||

K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.6.41 chedabhedābhighātebhyo dahanād dāraṇāt tathā |
upaghātam vijānīyāt marmmaṇāṃ tulyalakṣaṇaṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: dāraṇā A₁₉₃₁: dapi ||

1931 ed., 3.6.42 marmmābhighātas tu ca kaś cid asti yo 'lpātyayo vāpi niratyayo vā |
prāyeṇa marmmasv abhitāḍitās tu vaikalyam arcchanty atha vā mriyante ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: ṛcchanty

1931 ed., 3.6.43 marmmāṇy adhiṣṭhāya hi ye vikārā mūrcchanti kāye vividhā narāṇām |
prāyeṇa te kṛcchratamā bhavanti narasya yatnair api sādhyamānāḥ || ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: marmāṇ A₁₉₃₁: yadhi°

iti śārīre ṣaṣṭho 'dhyāyaḥ || 0 ||

[Adhyāya 7. Draft based on MS H]

1931 ed., 3.7.1athātaḥ sirāvarṇṇanavibhaktiṃ śārīram vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °rṇavibhaktiṃ A₁₉₃₁: add nāma

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.7.3sapta śirāśatāni bhavanti | yābhir idaṃ śarīram ārāma iva jalaharaṇībhiḥ | kedāra iva ca kulyābhir upasnihyate cākuñcanaprasāraṇābhir vviśeṣair ddrumapatrasevanīnām iva tāsām pratānām tāsāṃ khalu nābhimūlan tataḥ prasaranty ūrdhvam adhas tiryak ca ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: sirā° A₁₉₃₁: jalahāriṇībhiḥ A₁₉₃₁: add 'nugṛhyate A₁₉₃₁: °ṇādibhir A₁₉₃₁: add ca H: cāsām A₁₉₃₁: pratānāḥ; A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: nābhir mūlaṃ, A₁₉₃₁: add ca H: urdhva⸤m

1931 ed., 3.7.4bhavati cātra ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: bhavataś

1931 ed., 3.7.4.1yāvantyas tu sirāḥ kāye sambhavanti śarīriṇaḥ |
nābhyāṃ sarvvāṇi baddhās tāḥ pratanvanti samantataḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: yāvatyas A₁₉₃₁: śarīriṇām || A₁₉₃₁: sarvā H: vaddhās A₁₉₃₁: nibaddhāstāḥ H: pratanvati

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add nābhisthāḥ prāṇināṃ prāṇāḥ prāṇān nābhir vyupāśritā || sirābhir āvṛtā nābhiś cakranābhir ivārakaiḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: catvāriṃśat; A₁₉₃₁: tāsāṃ A₁₉₃₁: vātavāhinyo A₁₉₃₁: pittavāhinyo A₁₉₃₁: kaphavāhinyo A₁₉₃₁: add daśa A₁₉₃₁: raktavāhinyaḥ | A₁₉₃₁: tu A₁₉₃₁: vātavāhinīnāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °gatānāṃ A₁₉₃₁: tāvatya A₁₉₃₁: pittavāhinyaḥ A₁₉₃₁: kaphavāhinyaś A₁₉₃₁: kaphasthāne, A₁₉₃₁: raktavāhinyaś A₁₉₃₁: yakṛtplīhnoḥ, A₁₉₃₁: sirā° A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.7.7tatra vātavahānām ekasmin sakthini pañcaviṃśatiḥ sirā bhavanti | etenetarasakti vāhū ca vyākhyātau | koṣṭhe catustriṃśat tāsāṃ gudameḍhrasaṃśritāḥ śroṇyām aṣṭau dve dve pārśvayoḥ ṣaṭpṛṣṭhe tāvantya evodare daśa vakṣasi | jatruṇa ūrddhvam ekacatvāriṃśat tāsām aṣṭau jihvāyāṃ | nava nāsāyāṃ | dve grīvāyāṃ | hanvoś catasraḥ | netrayoḥ ṣaṭ lalāṭe tisraḥ karṇṇayoś catasraḥ | dve śaṃkhayoḥ | tisraḥ śirasītyevam etat pañcasaptatiśataṃ | vātavahānāṃ śirāṇāṃ vyākhyātaṃ | eṣa eva vibhāgaḥ śeṣāṇām evam etāni sapta śirāśatāni vyākhyātāni bhavanti |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vātavāhinyaḥ sirā A₁₉₃₁: sakthni A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °sakthi A₁₉₃₁: bāhū A₁₉₃₁: add viśeṣatastu A₁₉₃₁: caturstriṃśat; A₁₉₃₁: gudameḍhrāśritāḥ A₁₉₃₁: śroṇyāmaṣṭau, A₁₉₃₁: ṣaṭ pṛṣṭhe, A₁₉₃₁: tāvatya A₁₉₃₁: eva codare, A₁₉₃₁: ekacatvāriṃśajjatruṇa A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: caturdaśa A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: karṇayoścatasraḥ, A₁₉₃₁: add nava jihvāyāṃ, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add nāsikāyāṃ, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: aṣṭau A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: netrayoḥ, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: evam A₁₉₃₁: sirāṇāṃ A₁₉₃₁: add bhavati | A₁₉₃₁: add api | viśeṣatas tu pittavāhinyo netrayor daśa, karṇayor dve; evaṃ raktavāhāḥ kaphavahāś ca | A₁₉₃₁: sirā° A₁₉₃₁: add savibhāgāni A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.7.8bhavanti cātra ||

K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.7.8.0yadā vāyur aduṣṭas tu sevate svavahāḥ sirāḥ |
tadāstuvalavarṇṇaujaḥ prasīdec ca manas tathā ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.7.8.1kriyānām apratighātam amohaṃ vuddhikarmmaṇāṃ |
karoty anyān guṇām̐ś cāpi sirāḥ pavanasvaścaran ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: kriyāṇāmapratīghātamamohaṃ A₁₉₃₁: buddhi° A₁₉₃₁: karotyanyān A₁₉₃₁: guṇāṃś A₁₉₃₁: pavanaścaran ||

1931 ed., 3.7.9yadā tu kupito vāyuḥ stāḥ śirā pratipadyate |
tadāsya rogā jāyante vividhā vātasambhavāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: svāḥ A₁₉₃₁: sirāḥ A₁₉₃₁: add vividhā A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.7.9.1yadā tvakupitam pittaṃ sevate svavahāḥ sirāḥ |
avyāpannas tadāgnis tu samyak carati bhojanaṃ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.7.10bhrājiṣṇutām annarucim agner ddīptim arogatāṃ |
karoty anyān guṇām̐ś cāpi pittam atmasirāś caran ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: bhrājiṣṇutāmannarucimagnidīptimaro° A₁₉₃₁: add saṃsarpatsvāḥ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: sirāḥ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: kuryāc A₁₉₃₁: cānyānguṇūnapi ||

1931 ed., 3.7.11yadā tu kupitam pittaṃ tāḥ sirāḥ pratipadyate |
tadāsya rogā jāyante vividhā pittasambhavāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: prakutitaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add sevate A₁₉₃₁: svavahāḥ A₁₉₃₁: tadā'sya A₁₉₃₁: vividhā A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.7.11.1yadā tv akupitaḥ śleṣmā svāḥ sirāḥ saṃprapadyate |
āśayāḥ sandhayaś caiva varttantesya nirāmayāḥ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.7.12sneham aṅgeṣu sandhīnāṃ sthairyam valam adīnatāṃ |
karoty anyān guṇām̐ś cāpi valāsa svasirāś caran ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: snehamaṅgeṣu A₁₉₃₁: balamudīrṇatām || A₁₉₃₁: karotyanyān A₁₉₃₁: guṇāṃś A₁₉₃₁: balāsaḥ A₁₉₃₁: svāḥ sirāścaran ||

1931 ed., 3.7.13yadā tu kupitaḥ śleṣmā tāḥ sirāḥ pratipadyate |
tadāsya rogā jāyante vividhāḥ śleṣmasambhavāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: svāḥ A₁₉₃₁: add vividhā A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.7.13.1yadā tv akupitaṃ raktaṃ sevate svavahāḥ sirāḥ |
tadāsya samyag jānāti sparśānāṃ tu śubhāśubhaṃ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.7.14varṇṇaprasādanaṃ sthairyaṃ dhātūnāṃ puṣṭim eva ca |
karoty anyān guṇām̐ś cāpi raktam ātmasirāś caran ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: dhātūnāṃ pūraṇaṃ A₁₉₃₁: sparśajñānamasaṃśayam || A₁₉₃₁: add svāḥ sirāḥ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: saṃcaradraktaṃ A₁₉₃₁: kuryāc A₁₉₃₁: cānyān A₁₉₃₁: guṇānapi || A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.7.15yadā tu kupitaṃ raktaṃ tāḥ sirāḥ pratipadyate |
tadāsya rogā jāyante vividhā raktasambhavāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add sevate A₁₉₃₁: svavahāḥ A₁₉₃₁: tadā'sya A₁₉₃₁: vividhā A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.7.15.1apraduṣṭāḥ śarīrāṇi dhārayanti rasair hitaiḥ |
kalpante ca vikārāya praduṣṭā nātra saṃśayaḥ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.7.16na hi vātasirāḥ kaścit na pittaṃ kevalaṃ sirāḥ |
śleṣmāṇañ ca vahanty etāḥ sarvvāḥ sarvvavahāḥ sirāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vātaṃ sirāḥ A₁₉₃₁: kāścinna A₁₉₃₁: tathā || A₁₉₃₁: śleṣmāṇāṃ A₁₉₃₁: vā A₁₉₃₁: vahantyetā A₁₉₃₁: ataḥ A₁₉₃₁: smṛtāḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.7.17praduṣṭānān tu doṣāṇāṃ mūrcchitānām pradhānatān |
dhruvam unmārggagamanaṃ sarvvāḥ sarvvavahā hyataḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: praduṣṭānāṃ A₁₉₃₁: hi A₁₉₃₁: pradhāvatām || A₁₉₃₁: dhruvamunmāragagamanamataḥ A₁₉₃₁: sarvavahāḥ A₁₉₃₁: smṛtāḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.7.18tatrāruṇā vātavahā nīlāḥ pittavahāḥ sirāḥ |
...
asṛgvahāś ca rohiṇyo gauryaḥ śleṣmavahāḥ sirāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vātavahāḥ A₁₉₃₁: add pūryante vāyunā A₁₉₃₁: sirāḥ || A₁₉₃₁: pittāduṣṇāś A₁₉₃₁: add ca nīlāśca, śītā gauryaḥ A₁₉₃₁: sthirāḥ kaphāt || A₁₉₃₁: tu A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: sirā nātyuṣṇaśītalāḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.7.19ata ūrddhvaṃ pravakṣyāmi yās tv avadhyāḥ sirā nṛṇāṃ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add na A₁₉₃₁: vidhyedāḥ A₁₉₃₁: sirā A₁₉₃₁: add bhiṣak || vaikslyaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add maraṇaṃ cāpi A₁₉₃₁: vyadhāttāsāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: djrivaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add bhavet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add sirāśatāni catvāri vidyācchākhāsu buddhimān || ṣaṭtriṃśac ca śataṃ koṣṭhe catuḥṣaṣṭiṃ ca mūrdhani ||

1931 ed., 3.7.21śākhāsu ṣoḍaśā vyadhyāḥ koṣṭhe dvātriṃśad eva tu |
jatrorūrddhvan tu pañcāśad avyadhyāḥ parikīrttitāḥ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: ṣoḍaśa A₁₉₃₁: sirāḥ A₁₉₃₁: dvātriṃśadeva A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: pañcāśajjatruṇaścordhvamavyadhyāḥ

1931 ed., 3.7.19cdvaikalyaṃ maraṇam vāśu vyadhyāt tāsāṃ dhruvam bhavet ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.7.22tatra sirāḥ śatam ekasmin sakthini bhavanti | tāsāṃ jaladhārā tvekā tisraś cābhyantarataḥ | tatrorvvīsaṃjñe dve lohitākṣa saṃjñakā tās tv avyadhyāḥ | etenetarasakthi vāhū ca vyākhyātau | evam aśastrakṛtyāḥ ṣoḍaśaśākhāsu | śroṇyāṃ dvātriṃśat | tāsām aṣṭāvaśastrakṛtyāḥ | dve dve vaṃkṣaṇaciṭipayor evaṃ kaṭīkataruṇayoś ca | aṣṭāvaṣṭāv ekaikasmin pārśve tāsām ekaika ūrddhvage ubhayato dve pārśve sandhisaṃśrite ca pariharet | caturvviṃśatiḥ pṛṣṭhe pṛṣṭhavaṃśam ubhayataḥ | tāsāṃ vṛhatī saṃjñe ūrddhvagāminye dve pariharet | tāvantya evodare tāsāṃ meḍhropari romarājīm ubhayato dve dve pariharet | catvāriśaṃd vakṣasi tāsāṃ caturddaśāśastrakṛtyā hṛdi dve stanamūle saṃśrite tu dve dve pariharet | stanam ubhayataś catasraḥ pariharet | dve dve cāpālāpe stambheṣv ity e va dvātriṃśadaśastrakṛtyāḥ | śroṇī pṛṣṭhodaroraḥsu bhavanti catiḥṣaṣṭiśataṃ mūrddhani tāsāṃ viṃśatiḥ | śirodharāyāṃ tāsām aṣṭau catasraś ca marmmasaṃjñāḥ | dve kṛkāṭikayos tāvantya eva vidhurayoḥ hanvor ubhayato aṣṭāvaṣṭau tāsāṃ tu sandhinivaṃdhanyau dve dve pariharet | ṣaṭtriṃśaj jihvāyāṃ tāsām adhaḥ ṣoḍaśāśastrakṛtyā rasavāhinyaḥ | catuvviṃśatir nnāsāyāṃ tāsām aupanāsyāś catasraḥ parihare tāsām eva ca tāluny ekā ṣaṭtriṃśad ubhayor nnetrayoḥ | tāsām ekaikām apāṅgayoḥ pariharet | lalāṭe ṣaṣṭistāsāṃ keśāntānugatāś catasraḥ pariharet | āvarttayor ekaikāsthapaṇyāś caikā pariharttavyāḥ karṇṇayoḥ pañ ca pañca | tāsāṃ śabdavahām ekaikāṃ pariharet | śaṃkhayoś ca tāvantya eva tāsāṃ śaṃkhasandhigatām ekaikām pariharet | dvādaśamūrddhani tāsām utkṣepayoḥ | dve dve sīma manteṣv ekaikām adhipatau parihared iti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: sirāśatameka° A₁₉₃₁: sakthni A₁₉₃₁: bhavati; A₁₉₃₁: jāladharā A₁₉₃₁: cābhyantarāḥ---ta° A₁₉₃₁: °kṣasaṃjñā caikā, A₁₉₃₁: etāstvavyadhyāḥ; A₁₉₃₁: bāhū A₁₉₃₁: evamaśa° A₁₉₃₁: ṣoḍaśa śā° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: dvātriṃśacchroṇyāṃ, A₁₉₃₁: tāsāmaṣṭāvaśastrakṛtyāḥ---dve A₁₉₃₁: viṭapayoḥ, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °ṇayośca; aṣṭāvaṣṭāvekaikasmin A₁₉₃₁: tāsāmekaikāmūrdhvagāṃ A₁₉₃₁: pariharet, A₁₉₃₁: pārśvasandhigate A₁₉₃₁: dve; A₁₉₃₁: catasro viṃśatiś A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: pṛṣṭhavaṃśamubha° A₁₉₃₁: tāsāmūrdhvagāminyau dve A₁₉₃₁: °redbṛhatīsire; A₁₉₃₁: tāvatya A₁₉₃₁: meḍhopari A₁₉₃₁: romarājīmubha° A₁₉₃₁: catvāriṃśadvakṣasi, A₁₉₃₁: °kṛtyāḥ---hṛdaye A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: dve, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: stanamūle, A₁₉₃₁: stanarohitāpalāpastambheṣūbhayato A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: 'ṣṭau; A₁₉₃₁: evaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: catuḥṣaṣṭisirāśataṃ A₁₉₃₁: jatruṇa ūrdhvaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: bhavati; tatra A₁₉₃₁: ṣaṭpañcāśacchiro° A₁₉₃₁: tāsāmaṣṭau A₁₉₃₁: marmasaṃjñāḥ pariharet, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: dve A₁₉₃₁: add evaṃ grīvāyāṃ ṣoḍaśāvyadhyāḥ; A₁₉₃₁: 'ṣṭāv aṣṭau, A₁₉₃₁: sandhidhamanyau A₁₉₃₁: ṣaṭtriṃśajjihvāyāṃ, A₁₉₃₁: tāsāmadhaḥ A₁₉₃₁: rasavahe dve, A₁₉₃₁: add vāgvahe A₁₉₃₁: ca dve; dvirdvādaśa A₁₉₃₁: tāsāmaupanāsikyaścatasraḥ A₁₉₃₁: pariharet, A₁₉₃₁: tālunyekāṃ A₁₉₃₁: add mṛdāvuddeśe; A₁₉₃₁: aṣṭatriṃśadubhayor A₁₉₃₁: tāsāmekāmapāṅ° A₁₉₃₁: add karṇayor daśa, tāsāṃ śabdavāhinīmekaikāṃ pariharet; nāsānetragatās tu A₁₉₃₁: ṣaṣṭiḥ, tāsāṃ A₁₉₃₁: °gatāścatasraḥ A₁₉₃₁: ekaikā, sthapanyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: °rtavyā; A₁₉₃₁: śaṅkhayor A₁₉₃₁: daśa, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: śaṅkhasandhigatāmekaikāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: (ityetā A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: nāsānetragatā A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: boddhavyāḥ) A₁₉₃₁: dvādaśa mūrdhni, A₁₉₃₁: pariharet, A₁₉₃₁: sīman° A₁₉₃₁: add ekām A₁₉₃₁: add iti; evam aśastrakṛtyāḥ A₁₉₃₁: pañcāśaj A₁₉₃₁: add jatruṇa ūrdhvam

1931 ed., 3.7.23bhavanti cātra ślokāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: bhavati A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.7.23.1sirāśatānāṃ saptānāṃ śarīreṣu śarīriṇāṃ |
aśastrakṛtyā navatis tathāṣṭau ca vinirddiśet | ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vyāpnuvantyabhito dehaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: nābhitaḥ prasṛtāḥ A₁₉₃₁: sirāḥ || A₁₉₃₁: pratānāḥ A₁₉₃₁: add padminīkandādbisādīnāṃ yathā A₁₉₃₁: jalam || A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.7.23.2spandinyau jaladhāriṇyau yāś ca marmma samāśritāḥ |
avyadhyās tā vijānīyāt snāyusandhigatāśca yāḥ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.7.23.3vaikalpamaraṇañ cāpi vyadhādāsāṃ dhruvaṃ bhavet |
vyāpnuyād vākhilaṃ dehaṃ nābhitaḥ prasṛtāḥ sirāḥ ||
pratānāḥ padminī kandā dvisādīnāṃ yathājalaṃ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

iti śārīre saptamo dhyāyaḥ ||

[Adhyāya 8. Draft based on MS H]

1931 ed., 3.8.1 athāto vyadhavidhiṃ śārīraṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: sirāvyadhavidhiśā°

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.8.3 tatra bālasthavirabhīrurūkṣakṣatakṣīṇamadyādhvastrīkarṣitānāsitavāntaviraktadantabastiklībagarbbhiṇīkāsaśvāsaśoṣapravṛddhajvarātīsārākṣepakapakṣāghātopavāsapīḍitānāṃ sirānavyadhyāḥ || kiṃ kāraṇameṣāṃ tu khalu vedhādindriyasaṃmohaḥ śoṣo vā bhavati | raktapittino raktātyayād vātakopo mṛtyurvvā | garbbhiṇyas tu garbbhaśoṣapatanahīnāṃgānāyuṣkatā vā garbbhasya || bhavati cātra ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °rarūkṣakṣatakṣīṇabhīrupariśrāntamadyādhvastrīkarṣitavamitaviriktāsthāpitānuvāsitajāgaritaklībakṛśagārbhiṇīnāṃ kāsaśvāsaśoṣapravṛddhajvarākṣepakapakṣāghātopavāsapipāsāmūrcchāprapīḍitānāṃ A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: sirāṃ na vidhyet, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: yāś A₁₉₃₁: cāvyadhyāḥ, vyadhyāś A₁₉₃₁: cādṛṣṭāḥ, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: dṛṣṭāś A₁₉₃₁: cāyantritāḥ, A₁₉₃₁: yantritāś A₁₉₃₁: cānutthitā iti || A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.8.3a pratiṣiddhānāvaśekāṃ tu śeṣāṇām api dehināṃ | vyādhervvivṛddhir mṛtyurvvā sirāvedhena sambhavet ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.8.3b yāś cāvyadhyā dṛṣṭādṛṣṭāś cāyantritāyantritā notthitā iti ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.8.4 śoṇitamokṣasādhyāś ca vikārāḥ prāgabhihitāḥ | teṣv apakṣeṣu cānyeṣu cānubhukteṣu yathābhyāsam anatyayañ ca sirāṃ vyadhayet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: śoṇitāvasekasādhyāś A₁₉₃₁: add ye A₁₉₃₁: °hitāsteṣu A₁₉₃₁: cāpakveṣv A₁₉₃₁: anyeṣu A₁₉₃₁: cānukteṣu A₁₉₃₁: yathānyāyaṃ A₁₉₃₁: vidhyet ||

1931 ed., 3.8.5 pratiṣiddhānām api ca viṣopasargge sirāvyadhanam apratiṣiddhaṃ

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °sargātyayikeṣu A₁₉₃₁: °dhanamapratiṣiddham ||

1931 ed., 3.8.6 tatra snigdhasvinnam āturaṃ yathā doṣapratyanīkaṃ dravaprāyam annaṃ bhuktavantaṃ yavāgūm pītam vā yathākālam upasthāpyāsīnaṃ sthitam vā prāṇān abādhamānaḥ | plotapaṭṭaś carmmāntarvvalkalalatānām anyatamena yantreṇa yantrayitvā nātigāḍhannātiśithilaṃ śarīrapradeśam āsādya vidhivacchastramādāya yathoktāṃ sirāṃ vyadhayet |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: snigdhasvinnamāturaṃ A₁₉₃₁: yathādo° A₁₉₃₁: dravaprāyamannaṃ A₁₉₃₁: pītavantaṃ A₁₉₃₁: cā A₁₉₃₁: prāṇānabā° A₁₉₃₁: vastrapaṭṭaca° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: nātigāḍhaṃ nā° A₁₉₃₁: °deśamāsādya A₁₉₃₁: prāptaṃ śastra° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: vidhyet ||

1931 ed., 3.8.7 tatra vyadhyasirāṃ | naivātiśīte nātyuṣṇe na pravāte na ca durddine | sirāṇāṃ vyadhanaṃ kāryam aroge vā kadācana ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: cābhrite || A₁₉₃₁: kāryamaroge

1931 ed., 3.8.8 tatra vyadhyasirāṃ puruṣaṃ pratyād ity amukhamarannimātrocchrite niveśyāsane sakthnor ākuñcitayor nniveśya kurpparasandhidvayaṃ hastāvantagūḍhāṅguṣṭhakṛtamuṣṭīm anyayoḥ sthāpayitvā yantraśāṭakena parikṣipya grīvāyām anyena paścāt sthitena puruṣeṇa vāmahastena śāṭakāntadvayaṃ grāhayitvā sirotthāpanārtham asṛksrāvaṇārthañ ca yantram pramāṇena pīḍayet | karmmapuruṣaś ca mukhaṃ vāyunā pūrayet | uttamāṅgagatānām eṣa sirotthāpam ayantravidhiḥ | sthitasakthim īṣet kuñcitapādam uccaiḥ sthāpayitvā vyadhapradeśasyopari samyag yantram badhvā pādasirām vidhyet | upaviṣṭasya hastaṃ gūḍhāṃṣṭhaguṣṭhanibaddhamuṣṭiṃ samyagāsane sthāpayitvā hastasirāṃ vidhyet | gṛdhrasīviśvacyorākuñcitajānukurpparasya śroṇīpṛṣṭhaskandheṣūnnamitapṛṣṭhasya udarorasau prasārito rasaḥ sphurjjitadehasya bāhūbhyām avalambamānasya pārśvayoḥ | avanamitameḍhrasya meḍhraṃ | unnāmitavidaṣṭajihvāsyādhojihvāyām | ativyātānānanasya tāluni dantamūle ca | evaṃ yantropāyān anyām̐ś ca sirotthāpanahetūn buddhyāvekṣya śarīravaśena vyādhivaśena ca vidadhyād iti |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vyadhyasiraṃ A₁₉₃₁: pratyādityamukhamaratnimā° A₁₉₃₁: upave° A₁₉₃₁: sakthnorākuñ° A₁₉₃₁: kūrparau sandhidvayasyopari A₁₉₃₁: °targūḍhāṅguṣṭhakṛtamuṣṭīmanyayoḥ A₁₉₃₁: yantraṇaśāṭakaṃ grīvāmuṣṭyor upari A₁₉₃₁: parikṣipyānyena A₁₉₃₁: add puruṣeṇa A₁₉₃₁: paś cātsthitena A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °stenottānena A₁₉₃₁: tato A₁₉₃₁: add vaidyo brūyāt---dakṣiṇahastena A₁₉₃₁: sirotthāpanārthaṃ A₁₉₃₁: pṛṣṭhamadhye A₁₉₃₁: pīḍayeti, A₁₉₃₁: karmapuruṣaṃ A₁₉₃₁: vāyupūrṇamukhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: sthāpayet; A₁₉₃₁: eṣauttamāṅgagatānāmantarmukhavarjānāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: sirāṇāṃ A₁₉₃₁: nyadhane yantraṇavidhiḥ | A₁₉₃₁: tatra pādamīṣatsaṃkucitamuccaiḥ kṛtvā vyadhyasirapādaṃ A₁₉₃₁: jānusandheradhaḥ A₁₉₃₁: add śāṭakenāveṣṭya A₁₉₃₁: hastābhyāṃ prapīḍyāgulphaṃ A₁₉₃₁: vyadhyapra° A₁₉₃₁: caturaṅgule A₁₉₃₁: plotādīnāmanyatamena A₁₉₃₁: add vā A₁₉₃₁: athopariṣṭāddhastau A₁₉₃₁: gūḍhāṅguṣṭhakṛtamuṣṭī A₁₉₃₁: add sukhopaviṣṭasya pūrvavadyantraṃ baddhvā A₁₉₃₁: °viśvācyoḥ saṅkucitajānukūrparasya | A₁₉₃₁: °ṣūnnāmitapṛṣṭhasyāvākśiraskasyopaviṣṭasya visphūrjitapṛṣṭhasya vidhyet | udarorasoḥ A₁₉₃₁: prasāritoraskasyonnāmitaśiraskasya A₁₉₃₁: visphūrji° A₁₉₃₁: bāhubhyāmavalambamānadehasya A₁₉₃₁: avanāmi° A₁₉₃₁: meḍhre | A₁₉₃₁: unnamitavidaṣṭajihvāgrasyā° A₁₉₃₁: °tānanasya A₁₉₃₁: °leṣu A₁₉₃₁: °yānanyāṃśca A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.8.9 māṃsaleṣv avakāseṣu vrīhimukhena yavamātraṃ nidadhyād vrīhimātram vā | ato nyathārddhayavamātram asthnām upari kuṭhārikayā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: avakāśeṣu A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add śastraṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: 'nyeṣv ardha° A₁₉₃₁: add vrīhimātraṃ vā A₁₉₃₁: vrīhimukhena, asthnām A₁₉₃₁: add vidhyedardhayavamātram ||

1931 ed., 3.8.10 bhavaṃti cātra || vyabhre varṣāsu vidhyeta grīṣmakāleṣu śītale | hemantakāle madhyāhne śastrakālās trayaḥ smṛtāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vidhyeta(ttu) A₁₉₃₁: °le tu A₁₉₃₁: śastrakālāstrayaḥ

1931 ed., 3.8.11 dviprakārapramathitadhārayā yāsravedasṛk | muhūrttaṃ ruddhvā tiṣṭhec ca suviddhāntāṃ vinirddiśet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: samyakśastranipātena dhā° A₁₉₃₁: yā sra° A₁₉₃₁: ruddhā A₁₉₃₁: suviddhāṃ tāṃ

1931 ed., 3.8.12 yathā kusumbhapuṣpebhyaḥ pūrvvaṃ sravati pītikā | tathā sirāsu viddhāsu duṣṭam agre pravarttate ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °pebhayaḥ A₁₉₃₁: duṣṭamagre

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add mūrcchitasyātibhītasya śrāntasya tṛṣitasya ca || na vahanti sirā viddhāstathā'nutthitayantritāḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.8.14 kṣīṇasya bahudoṣasya mūrcchayopadrutasya vā | bhūyo 'parāhṇe visrāvyāt tūttare 'hani vāyunaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: mūrcchayā+abhihatasya A₁₉₃₁: ca || A₁₉₃₁: visrāvyā A₁₉₃₁: sā'paredyustryahe A₁₉₃₁: 'pi A₁₉₃₁: vā ||

1931 ed., 3.8.15 saśeṣadoṣarudhiram api kuryād vicakṣaṇaḥ | na cātinisṛtaṃ kuryāc cheṣaṃ saṃśamanair jjayet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add raktaṃ A₁₉₃₁: °doṣaṃ A₁₉₃₁: tu A₁₉₃₁: add api A₁₉₃₁: cātiprasrūtaṃ A₁₉₃₁, H: kuryāc cheṣaṃ A₁₉₃₁: saṃśamanairjayet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add balino bahudoṣasya vayaḥsthasya śarīriṇaḥ || paraṃ pramāṇamicchanti prasthaṃ śoṇitamokṣaṇe ||

1931 ed., 3.8.17 tatra pādadāhapādaharṣacipyavātaśoṇitapādakaṇṭakavipādikāpādadārīprabhṛtiṣu rogeṣu kṣipramarmmopariṣṭād dvyaṅgule vrīhimukhena sirāṃ vyadhayet | ślīpadeṣu yathoktaṃ kroṣṭukaśirṣavātavedanāsu sakthisaṃsritāṃ | gulphasandher upari caturaṅgule apacyāmindrabaster adhastād dvyaṅgule | jānusandher upari caturaṃgule gṛdhrasyāmūrusaṃdhisanniviṣṭāṃ | galagaṇḍe śroṇipratisamantāt pravāhikāṃyāṃśūlinyāṃ parivarttikopadaṃśaśūkavyāpatsu meḍhramadhye | etenetarasakthibāhūvyākhyātau || viśeṣatas tu vāmabāhukurpparasandhāvabhyantarato bāhumadhye plīhni etām eva dakṣiṇabāhuyakṛddālye | etām eva ca kāsaśvāsayor apyādiśanti | gṛdhrasyāmiva vipaṃcyām vāmapārśvakakṣastanāntarayor antarasthām vidradhau pārśvaśūle ca | etām eva ca kaphodare | dakṣiṇapārśve bāhuśoṣāpabāhukayor bbāhumadhye eke vadanty aṃsamadhye trikasandhimadhyagatān tṛtīyake | skandhasandhigatānām anyatarapārśvasaṃsthitānāñ caturthake | hanusandhimadhyagatām apasmāre | śaṃkhasandhigatānām unmāde | jihvārogedī 3ṣv adhojihvāyāṃ | dantavyādhiṣu dantamūle | tāluni tālavye ca | karṇṇayor upari samantāt karṇṇaśūle tadroge ca | gandhāghrāṇe nāsārogeṣu nāsāgre | timirākṣipākaprabhṛtiṣv akṣcāmayeṣūpanāsyāṃ lālāṭīm āpāṃgī vā | etām eva śirorogādhimanthaprabhṛtiṣu ca rogeṣu |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: pādadāhapādaharṣāvabāhukacippavisarpavātaśoṇitavātakaṇṭakavicarcikā° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: kṣipramarmaṇa upa° A₁₉₃₁: vidhyet, , A₁₉₃₁: ślīpade A₁₉₃₁: add taccikitsite A₁₉₃₁: yathā vakṣyate, A₁₉₃₁: kroṣṭukaśiraḥkhañjapaṅulavā° A₁₉₃₁: jaṅghāyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: gulphasyopari A₁₉₃₁: °basteradhastād A₁₉₃₁: jānusandheruparyadho vā A₁₉₃₁: gṛdhrasyāṃ, ūrumūlasaṃśritāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °kthi bāhū ca vyākhyātau; A₁₉₃₁: vāmabāhau kūrparasandherabhyan° A₁₉₃₁: bāhūmadhye A₁₉₃₁: add kaniṣṭhikānāmikayor A₁₉₃₁: madhye vā, A₁₉₃₁: evaṃ A₁₉₃₁: °bāhau yakṛdākhye(kaphodare ca, ) A₁₉₃₁: viśvācyāṃ, A₁₉₃₁: add śroṇiṃ prati samantād dvyaṅgule pravāhikāyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: śūlinyāṃ, parivartikopadaṃśaśūkadoṣaśukravyāpatsu meḍhramadhye, (vṛṣaṇayoḥ A₁₉₃₁: add pārśve A₁₉₃₁: mūtravṛddhyāṃ, A₁₉₃₁: nābheradhaścaturaṅgule A₁₉₃₁: add sevanyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: vāmapārśve A₁₉₃₁: dakodare, ) A₁₉₃₁: vāmapārśve A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: kakṣāstanayor antare A₁₉₃₁: 'ntarvidradhau pārśvaśūle A₁₉₃₁: add ca , A₁₉₃₁: bāhuśoṣāvabā° A₁₉₃₁: apyeke A₁₉₃₁: vadantyaṃsayor antare, A₁₉₃₁: °gatāṃ A₁₉₃₁: adhaḥskandhasandhigatāmanyatarapārśvasaṃsthitāṃ A₁₉₃₁: °gatāmapasmāre, A₁₉₃₁: śaṅkhakeśāntasandhigatāmuro 'pāṅgalalāṭeṣu A₁₉₃₁: conmāde, A₁₉₃₁: ca, A₁₉₃₁: tālvyeṣu, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tadrogeṣu A₁₉₃₁: gandhāgrahaṇe A₁₉₃₁: vāsā° A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: °tiṣvakṣyāmayeṣūpanāsike A₁₉₃₁: lālāṭyāmapāṅgyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: etā A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: rogeṣviti ||

1931 ed., 3.8.18 tatra durvviddhātividdhākuñcitā piccitā kuṭṭitā aprasrutānutīrṇṇā anteviddhāpariśuṣkākūṇitā vepitā anutthitaviddhā | avyadhyaviddhā śastrahatā tiryagviddhā | aviddhā vidrutā dhenukā punaḥ punarvviddhā marmmasirāsnāyvasthisandhiṣu viddhā ceti | viṃśatiṃ duṣṭavyadhyā bhavanti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add ata ūrdhvaṃ duṣṭavyadhanamanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ, A₁₉₃₁: °dhā kuñcitā A₁₉₃₁: kuṭṭitā'prasrutā'tyudīrṇā+ante 'bhihatā pariśuṣkā kūṇitāvepitā'nu° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °ddhā'paviddhā'vyadhyā A₁₉₃₁: māṃsasirāsnāyvasthisandhimarmasu A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: viṃśatirduṣṭavyadhāḥ || A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.8.19 tatra sūkṣmaśastrapraṇidhānān nāsṛgvyaktaṃ sravati | tatra rujā śophau bhavataḥ | sā durvviddhā nāma | pramāṇātiriktaviddhāyāmantaḥ śoṇitam praviśatyatipravṛttirvvā bhavati sātividdhā nāma kuñcitāyām apyevaṃ | kuṇṭhaśastrapramathitāpṛthulabhāvam āpannā piccitā nāma anāsāditamantayoś ca bahuśaḥ | kuṭṭitākuṭṭitā nāma śītabhayāsmamūrcchābhir apravṛttaśoṇitā aprasrūtā nāma tīkṣṇamahāmukhaśastraviddhā anudīrṇṇā nāma alparaktasrāvinyanteviddhā nāma| kṣīṇaśoṇitānilapūrṇṇāpariśuṣkā nāma | caturthabhāgamāsāditā kiñcitpravṛttaśoṇitākūṇitā nāma | dutthānabandhodveṣiṇyāśoṇitasaṃmoho bhavati | sā vepitā nāma | anusthitāyām apyevamaśastrakṛtyā avyadhyā nāma | chitvāt ipravṛttaśoṇitā kriyāsaṃgrahakarī śastrahatā nāma | tiryakpraṇihitaśastrākiñciccheṣātiryagviddhā nāma | bahuśaḥ kṣatā hīnaśastrapraṇidhānenāviddhā nāma | anavasthitaviddhā vidrutā nāma | vyadhapradeśasya bahuśovaghaṭṭanādasaṃārohamāṇavyadhā raktasrāvinyatyarthaṃ dhenukā nāma | punaḥ punaḥ praṇidhānā sirāmarmmasnāyvasthisaṃdhiṣu viddhā rujāśophau vaikalyam maraṇam vā bhavati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add yā A₁₉₃₁: °straviddhā+avyaktamasṛk A₁₉₃₁: sravatirujāśophavatī ca A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add praviśati A₁₉₃₁: śoṇitāti° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: kuñcitāyāmapyevaṃ, A₁₉₃₁: °tā pṛthulībhāvamāpannā A₁₉₃₁: anāsāditā punaḥ punarantayoś A₁₉₃₁: add śastrābhihatā A₁₉₃₁: om kuṭṭitā° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: śītabhayamū° A₁₉₃₁: °tā'prasrutā, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °ddhā'tyudīrṇā, A₁₉₃₁: alparaktasrāviṇyante° A₁₉₃₁: ante 'bhihatā A₁₉₃₁: kṣīṇaśoṇitasyānilapūrṇā pa° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: caturbhāgā(ca)sā° A₁₉₃₁: °tā kūṇitā, A₁₉₃₁: om H: dutthānabandhodvepiṇyā° A₁₉₃₁: duḥsthānabandhanādvepamānāyāḥ śo° A₁₉₃₁: anutthitaviddhāyāmapyevaṃ, A₁₉₃₁: chinnā'tipra° A₁₉₃₁: kriyāsaṅgakarī A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °strā kiṃciccheṣā tiryagviddhā, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °nāpaviddhā, A₁₉₃₁: add aśastrakṛtyā A₁₉₃₁: avyadhyā, ana° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om vyadha° A₁₉₃₁: bahuśo 'vaghaṭṭanādārohadvyadhā A₁₉₃₁: add muhurmuhurḥ A₁₉₃₁: śoṇitasrāvā A₁₉₃₁: add su kṣmaśastravyadhanādbahuśo A₁₉₃₁: bhinnā A₁₉₃₁: punarviddhā, A₁₉₃₁: māṃsasnāyvasthisirāsandhimarmasu A₁₉₃₁: rujāṃ śophaṃ A₁₉₃₁: cāpādayati ||

1931 ed., 3.8.20 bhavanti cātra || sirāsuśikṣito nāsti calāhyetāḥ svabhāvataḥ | matsyavat parivarttante tasmād yatnena tāḍayet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: sirāsu śi° A₁₉₃₁: calā hyetāḥ

1931 ed., 3.8.21 ajānatā gṛhīte tu śastre kāyanipātite | bhavanti vyāpadastv etā bahavaś cāpy upadravāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vyāpadaścaitā

1931 ed., 3.8.22 snehādibhiḥ kriyāyogair nna tathā lepanair api | yāṃty āśu vyādhayaḥ śāntiṃ yathā samyak sirāvyadhāt ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: kriyāyogairna A₁₉₃₁: yāntyāśu

1931 ed., 3.8.23 sirāvyadhaṃ cikitsārthaṃ śalyatantre vidhīyate | yathā samyak praṇihitā bastiḥ kāyacikitsite ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: sirāvyadhaścikitsārdhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: prakīrtitaḥ || A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: praṇihitaḥ A₁₉₃₁: samyagbastiḥ A₁₉₃₁: °kitsate ||

1931 ed., 3.8.24 tatra snigdhasvinnavāntaviriktānuvāsitāsthāpitaviddhasirair mmanuṣyaiḥ pariharttavyāni || krodhāyāsamaithunadivāsvapnoccairbbhāṣyavyāyāmayānāsanānisthānacaṃkramaṇaśītavātātapaciruddhāsātmyājīrṇṇānyācalalābhātmāsameke manyante | vistaram eṣām upariṣṭād vakṣyāmaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °ktāsthāpitānuvāsitasirāviddhaiḥ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °ni---krodhāyāsamaithuna-divāsvapnavāgvyāyāmayānādhyayavasthānāsanacaṅkramaṇaśītavātātapaviruddhāsātmyājīrṇānyābalalābhāt , māsameke A₁₉₃₁: add eteśāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °ṣṭādvakṣyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.8.25 bhavati cātra || sirāviṣāṇatumbībhir jjalaukābhiḥ padais tathā | avagāḍhaṃ yathāpūrvvaṃ kriyate duṣṭaśoṇitaṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: bhavataś A₁₉₃₁: °tumbais A₁₉₃₁: add tu A₁₉₃₁: nirharedduṣṭa°

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add avagāḍhe jalaukāḥ syāt pracchānaṃ piṇḍite hitam || sirā'ṅgavyāpake rakte śṛṅgālābū tvaci sthite ||

iti śārīre 'ṣṭamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

[Adhyāya 9. Draft based on MS H]

1931 ed., 3.9.1athāto dhamanīvyākaraṇaṃ śārīraṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

K, N, L

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.9.3caturvviṃśatir ddhamanyo bhavanti | tās tu nābhiprabhavāḥ | tatra kecid āhur ācāryāḥ | sirāmanīsrotasāmavibhāgaḥ | sirāvikārā eva hi dhamanyaḥ srotānsi ceti | tat tu na samyagatrocyate | anyā eva hi dhamanyaḥ srotānsi sirāśceti | kasmād vyañjanānyatvāt mūlasanniyamāt karmmavaiśeṣyād āgamāc ca | kevalaṃ tu parasparapratānasannikarṣāt sadṛśakarmmatvāt saukṣmyāc ca vibhaktakarmmaṇām apyavibhāga eva karmmasu bhati |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °śatirdhamanyo A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °bhavā abhihitāḥ | A₁₉₃₁: kecidāhuḥ---sirādhama° A₁₉₃₁: srotāṃsi A₁₉₃₁: samyak, A₁₉₃₁: srotāṃsi A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: sirābhyaḥ; A₁₉₃₁: kasmāt? A₁₉₃₁: vyañjanānyatvānmū° A₁₉₃₁: °ṣyādāgamācca; A₁₉₃₁: parasparasan° A₁₉₃₁: sadṛśāgamaka° A₁₉₃₁: saukṣmyācca A₁₉₃₁: °rmaṇāmapyavibhāga A₁₉₃₁: iva A₁₉₃₁: bhavati ||

1931 ed., 3.9.4tāsāṃ khalu nābhiprabhavānām ūrddhagā daśa daśa cādhogāminyaś catasras tiryaggāḥ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add tu A₁₉₃₁: °vāṇāṃ A₁₉₃₁: dhamanīnāmūrdhvagā A₁₉₃₁: catasrastiryaggāḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.9.5ūrddhvagāḥ | khaluśabdasparśarūparasagandhapraśvāsocchvāsaprakṣitajṛmbhitahasitakathitaruditādīn viśeṣān abhivahantyaḥ śarīran dhārayanti | tās tu hṛdayam abhiprapannās tridhā tridhā jāyante | tāstriṃśat tāsāṃ tu vātapittaśleṣmaśoṇitarasān dve dve vahatastā daśa | śabdasparśarūparasagandhān aṣṭābhir gṛ hīte | dvābhyāṃ bhāṣate dvābhyāṃ ghoṣaṃ karoti | dvābhyāṃ svapiti dvābhyāṃ prativudhyate | dve asravāhinyo dve stanyas triyā vahataḥ stanasaṃśritā | eva śukraṃ nara sya stanayor abhivahatas tās tv etās triṃśat savibhāgā vyākhyātāḥ | etābhir ūrddhvan nābher udarapārśvapṛṣṭhoraḥ skandhagrīvāśīrṣavāhavo dhāryante yāpyante ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: śabdasparśarūparasagandhapraśvāsocchvāsajṛmbhitakṣuddhasitakathitaruditādīnviśeṣānabhi° A₁₉₃₁: śarīraṃ H: tāstu A₁₉₃₁: hṛdayamabhiprapannāstridhā A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: vātapittakaphaśo° A₁₉₃₁: śabdarūparasagandhānaṣṭābhir A₁₉₃₁: gṛhṇīte, A₁₉₃₁: pratibudhyate, A₁₉₃₁: cāśruvāhiṇyau, A₁₉₃₁: stanyaṃ A₁₉₃₁: striyā A₁₉₃₁: °śrite, A₁₉₃₁: add te A₁₉₃₁: narasya A₁₉₃₁: stanābhyāmabhi° A₁₉₃₁: tāstvetāstriṃśat A₁₉₃₁: ūrdhvaṃ A₁₉₃₁: nābherudarapārśvapṛṣṭhoraḥskandhagrīvābāhavo A₁₉₃₁: add ca ||

1931 ed., 3.9.6bhavati cātra ||

K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.9.11pañcādhibhūtās tv atha pañcakṛtvaḥ pañcendriyam pañcādha bhāvayanti |
pañcendriyaṃ pañcādha bhāvayitvā paṃcatvam āyānti vināśakāle ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: pañcābhibhūtāstvatha A₁₉₃₁: pañcasu A₁₉₃₁: pañcasu A₁₉₃₁: pañcatvamāyānti

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add ūrdhvaṃgamā(tā)stu kurvanti karmāṇy etāni sarvaśaḥ || adhogamās tu vakṣyāmi karma tāsāṃ yathāyatham ||

1931 ed., 3.9.7adho gatāmās tu vātamūtrapurīṣaśukrārttavān abhivahanti | tās tu pittāśayam abhiprapannās tatrasthām annapānarasam abhipakvam auṣṇād vivecayantyo 'bhivahantyas tarpayanti || ūrddhvagānān tiryaggānāñ ca rasasthānāñcābhipūrayanti | tatra mūtrapurīṣasvedām̐ś ca vivecayaṃty āmapakvāśayāntare tridhā tridhā prajāyante tāṃs triśat | tāsān tu vātapittakaphaśoṇitarasān dve dve vahatas tā daśa | dve annavāhinyau | antrāsrite toyavaha dve dve mūtravastim abhiprapanne | śukraprādurvbhāvāya ca dve | evaṃ raktam abhivahate | nārīṇām ārttavasaṃjñe dve | varccāniḥsarataḥ sthūlāntraprativaddhe dve | aṣṭāv anyas tiryaggās tāḥ khedam arppayanti | tāstvetās triṃśat saṃvibhāgā vyākhyātāḥ | tābhir adho nābheḥ pakvāsayakaṭīmūtravastigudameḍhrasakthīni dhāryante |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: adhogamāstu H: tu⸤vā° A₁₉₃₁: °vādīnyadho vahanti | A₁₉₃₁, H: tāstu A₁₉₃₁: pittāśayamabhipra(ti)pannāstatrasthamevānna° A₁₉₃₁: vipakvamauṣṇyādvive(re)ca° A₁₉₃₁: add śarīraṃ A₁₉₃₁: add arpayanti A₁₉₃₁: cordhvagānāṃ A₁₉₃₁: tiryaggāṇāṃ A₁₉₃₁: rasasthānaṃ cā° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °dāṃś A₁₉₃₁: vive(re)ca° A₁₉₃₁: ca A₁₉₃₁: om pra° A₁₉₃₁: tāstriṃśat; A₁₉₃₁: tāsāṃ A₁₉₃₁: vahatastā A₁₉₃₁: 'nnavāhinyāvantrāśrite, A₁₉₃₁: toyavahe A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: mūtrabastimabhi° A₁₉₃₁: add mūtravahe dve, śukravahe dve A₁₉₃₁: °durbhāvāya, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add visargāya, te A₁₉₃₁: eva A₁₉₃₁: raktamabhivahato (visṛjataśca) A₁₉₃₁: nārīṇāmārtavasaṃjñaṃ, A₁₉₃₁: varconirasanyau A₁₉₃₁: °tibaddhe, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: aṣṭāvanyāstiryaggāṇāṃ A₁₉₃₁: dhamanīnāṃ A₁₉₃₁: svedamarpa° A₁₉₃₁: tāstvetāstriṃśat A₁₉₃₁: savi° A₁₉₃₁: etābhir A₁₉₃₁: adhovābheḥ A₁₉₃₁: pakvāśayakaṭīmūtrapurīṣagudabastime° A₁₉₃₁: add yāpyante ca ||

1931 ed., 3.9.8bhavati cātra ||

K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.9.8.1adhogatāmās tu kurvvanti karmmāṇy etāni sarvvaśaḥ |
tiryaggās tveva vakṣyāmi karmma cāsāṃ yathātathaṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: adhogamās A₁₉₃₁: karmaṇy A₁₉₃₁: saṃprava° A₁₉₃₁: yathāyatham ||

1931 ed., 3.9.9tiryaggānāṃ tu catasṛṇām ekaikā śatadhā sahasradhā ca bhidyante | tāstvasaṃkhyeyā tābhir idaṃ śarīraṃ gavākṣitaṃ vivaddham ātatañ ca tāsāñ ca sukhāni romakūpaprativaddhāni yaiḥ sveda prasravati rasaś cābhis antarppayati | antarvvahiś ca tābhieva cābhyaṃgapariśekāvagāhāvalepanavīryāṇyantaḥ śarīram abhiprapadyante | tvacivipakvāni tābhir eva ca sparśaśubhamaśubham vā gṛhīte tāś catasro dhamanyaḥ sarvvāṅgagatāḥ savibhāgā vyākhyātāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: tiryaggāṇāṃ A₁₉₃₁: dhamanīnāmekaikā A₁₉₃₁: cottarottaraṃ A₁₉₃₁: vibhajyante, A₁₉₃₁: °khyeyāḥ, A₁₉₃₁: vibaddhamātataṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: mukhāni A₁₉₃₁: °tibaddhāni, A₁₉₃₁: svedamabhivahanti A₁₉₃₁: rasaṃ A₁₉₃₁: cābhitarpayantyantarbahiśca , A₁₉₃₁: tair eva A₁₉₃₁: °riṣekāvagāhālepanavīryāṇyantaḥśarīramabhipratipadyante A₁₉₃₁: tvaci vi° A₁₉₃₁: tair A₁₉₃₁: sparśaṃ sukhamasukhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: gṛhṇāti; A₁₉₃₁: tāstvetāścatasro H: tāścatasro

1931 ed., 3.9.10bhavataś cātra ślokau ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.9.10.0dhamanyaḥ sarvve evās tāḥ pratibaddhā yathendriyaṃ |
jāgratāṃ svapatām vāpi vahatā īndriyagocare ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L H: prativaddhā H: vahatāīṃndri°

1931 ed., 3.9.10.1yathā svabhāvataḥ khāni mṛṇāleṣu viśeṣu ca |
tathaiva tāsāṃ dvārāṇi raso yair upacīyate ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: biseṣu A₁₉₃₁: dhamanīnāṃ A₁₉₃₁: tathā A₁₉₃₁: svāni

1931 ed., 3.9.12ata ūrddhvaṃ srotasāṃ mūlaṃ viddhalakṣaṇaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ | tāni tu prāṇān nodakarasaraktamāṃsamedomūtrapurīṣaśukrārttavavahāni yeṣv adhīkāraḥ | eṣāṃ viśeṣāvahavaḥ | teṣāṃ mūlaṃ dayaṃ rasavahinyaś ca dhamanyas tatra viddhasya krośanavinamanabhramaṇāni saṃjñānāśo maraṇañ ca | annavahe dve tayor mmūlamāmāsayonnavāhinyaś ca dhamanyaḥ | tatra viddasya prāṇavahaviddhavat maraṇaṃ | talliṅgaś ca raktavahe dve tayor mūlaṃ yakṛtplīhānau tatra viddhasya śyāvāṅgatā jvaraḥ pāṇḍutādāhaṛ śoṇitābhigamanañ ca | mānsavahe dve tayor mmūlaṃ snāyustvagraktavahāś ca nāḍyas tatra viddhasya śvayathur mmāṃsaśoṣaḥ śirāgranthayor mmaraṇañ ca | medovahe dve tayor mmūlaṃ kaṭīvṛkkau ca tatra viddhasya svedāgamanaṃ snigdhāṅgan tāluśoṣaś ca | mūtravahe dve tayor mmūlaṃ vastimeḍhrañ ca | tatra viddhasyānaddhavastitā mūtranirodhastavdhameḍhratā ca | purīṣavahe dve tayor mmūlam pakvāśayo gudaś ca tatra viddhasyānāho durggandhatāgrathitāntratā ca | śukravahe dve tayor mmūlaṃ stanau vṛṣaṇau ca | tatra viddhasya klaivyaṃ cirād vā pra sekaḥ praseke cālpaśukradarśanaṃ | sevanīcchedā pradurvbhāvo maraṇañ ca | srotoviddhan tu pratyākhyāyopakrameta | uddhṛtaśalyaṃ tu kṣatavidhānenopakramed iti |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: mūlavi° A₁₉₃₁: upadekṣyāmaḥ | A₁₉₃₁: prāṇānno° A₁₉₃₁: avikāraḥ; A₁₉₃₁: ekeṣāṃ A₁₉₃₁: add bahūni; eteṣāṃ A₁₉₃₁: viśeṣā bahavaḥ | A₁₉₃₁: tatra A₁₉₃₁: add prāṇavahe dve, tayor A₁₉₃₁: hṛdayaṃ A₁₉₃₁: rasavāhinyaśca A₁₉₃₁: viddhyasya A₁₉₃₁: °namohanabhramaṇavepanāni A₁₉₃₁: add maraṇaṃ vā A₁₉₃₁: bhavati; annavahe dve, tayor mūlamāmāśayo 'nnavāhinyś A₁₉₃₁: add ca dhamanyaḥ, A₁₉₃₁: tatra viddhasyādhmānaṃ A₁₉₃₁: śūlānnadveṣau chardiḥpipāsā 'ndhyaṃ maraṇaṃ ca; udakavahe A₁₉₃₁: add mūlaṃ tālu kloma ca, tatra viddhasya pipasā sadyomaraṇaṃ ca; rasavahe dve, tayor A₁₉₃₁: mūlaṃ hṛdayaṃ rasavā° A₁₉₃₁: viddhasya A₁₉₃₁: add śoṣaḥ A₁₉₃₁: °vac A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: talliṅgāni A₁₉₃₁: add raktavāhinyaś ca dhamanyaḥ, A₁₉₃₁: add dāhaḥ A₁₉₃₁: pāṇḍutā A₁₉₃₁: śoṇitāga° A₁₉₃₁: add raktanetratā A₁₉₃₁: māṃsavahe A₁₉₃₁: snāyutvacaṃ rakta° A₁₉₃₁: dhamanyaḥ, A₁₉₃₁: śvayathurmāṃsa° A₁₉₃₁: sirāgranthayo A₁₉₃₁: kaṭī vṛkkau A₁₉₃₁: snigdhāṅgatā A₁₉₃₁: add sthūlaśophatā pipāsā A₁₉₃₁: bastirmeḍhraṃ A₁₉₃₁: °ddhabastitā A₁₉₃₁: °rodhaḥ stabdhamiḍhratā A₁₉₃₁: gudaṃ A₁₉₃₁: durgandhatā gra° A₁₉₃₁: klībatā A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: praseko A₁₉₃₁: raktaśukratā ca; ārtavavahe dve, tayor mūlaṃ garbhāśaya ārtavavāhinyaś ca dhamanyaḥ, tatra viddhāyā vandhyātvaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add maithunāsahiṣṇutvamārtavanāśaśca; A₁₉₃₁: °dādrujāprādurbhāvaḥ; A₁₉₃₁: bastigudaviddhalakṣaṇaṃ A₁₉₃₁: prāguktam iti | A₁₉₃₁: srotoviddhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: °pacaret, A₁₉₃₁: °pacaret || A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.9.13ślokau ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add bhavati cātra | A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.9.13.2ya evaṃ na prajānāti srotasām mūlaniścayaṃ |
mahadbhayam avāpnoti na sa karmmasu siddhyati ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

1931 ed., 3.9.13.3yaḥ samyag etaṃ jānīyāt sa bhaved rājasammataḥ |
pūjārhobhiṣajāṃ hyeṣa iti dhanvantarer mmataṃ ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add mūlāt khādantaraṃ dehe prasṛtaṃ tv abhivāhi yat || srotas tad iti vijñeyaṃ sirādhamanivarjitam ||

iti dhamanīvyākaraṇaṃ śārīrannavamodhyāyaḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.10.1|| athāto garvbhiṇīvyākaraṇaṃ śārīram vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: garbhiṇī°

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.10.3tatra garbhiṇīm prathamadivasāt prabhṛtyādi sennityaṃ hṛṣṭaśucyalaṃkṛtavāsasā śāntimaṅgaladevatābrāhmaṇaguruparā ca bhavitavyaṃ | malinavikṛtahīnagātrāṇi ca na spṛśet | durggandhadurddaśanāni ca dūrata eva pariharet | vahin nniḥkṛṭāśūnyāgāracaity aśmaśānacaity avṛkṣasevāś ca krodhāyāsakarāṃś ca bhāvān uccair bhāṣyādikaṃ ca pariharet | udvejanīyāś ca kathāḥ śuṣkam paryuṣitaṃ kuthitaṃ klinnaṃ cānnanopayuñjīta yāni ca garbham vyāpādayanti | na ca tailābhyaṅgotsā danādīni niśeveta | na cāyāsayeccharīraṃ pūrvvoktāni ca pariharet | śayanāsanañ ca samṛddhās taraṇaṃ nātyucchritam apāśrayopetam asaṃvādham vidadhyāt | hṛdyaṃ dravamadhuraprāyasnigdhan dīpanīyaṃ saṃskṛtabhojanañ ca bhojayet sāmānyam etad ā prasavakālāt |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: garbhiṇī H: garvbhiṇīm A₁₉₃₁: prabhṛti A₁₉₃₁: nityaṃ A₁₉₃₁: prahṛṣṭā śuvyalaṅkṛtā śuklavasanā H: °tāvrāhmaṇaguruparā A₁₉₃₁: bhavet, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °rdarśanāni A₁₉₃₁: add pariharet, udvejanīyāś A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: kathāḥ, śuṣkaṃ A₁₉₃₁: paryuṣitaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add kuthitaṃ klinnaṃ cānnaṃ nopabhuñjīta, A₁₉₃₁: bahirniṣkramaṇaṃ śūnyāgāracaityaśmaśānavṛkṣāśrayān A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: krodhabhayasaṅka° H: vbhāṣyā° A₁₉₃₁: om H: garvbham A₁₉₃₁: cābhīkṣṇaṃ A₁₉₃₁: °tsādanādīni A₁₉₃₁: niṣeveta, A₁₉₃₁: pariharet, śaya° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: mṛdv A₁₉₃₁: āstaraṇaṃ A₁₉₃₁: nātyuccam A₁₉₃₁: asaṃbādhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: dravae madhuraprāyaṃ snigdhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: dīpanīyasaṃskṛtaṃ ca bho° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: āprasavāt ||

1931 ed., 3.10.4viśeṣatas tu garvbhiṇī prathamadvitīyatṛtīyeṣu māseṣu madhuraśītadravaprāyamāhāramā āseveta | caturthe māse payo navanītam āhāram āharet | pañcame kṣīrasarppiḥ saṃsṛṣṭaṃ | ṣaṣṭhe svadaṃṣṭrāsiddhasya sarppiṣā pakṣamātraṃ yuktyā yavāgūm pāyayet | saptame pṛthak parṇyādisiddham evam āpyāyyate garbhaḥ | aṣṭame khalvenāṃ vadarodakena valātivalāpayodadhimas tu tailamadhughṛtaśatapuṣpāmiśreṇāsthāpayet purāṇapurīṣaśuddhyartham anulomārthañ ca vāyos tataḥ payo madhurasiddhena tailenānuvāsayet | anulome hi vāyau sukham prasūyate | nirupadravāś ca bhavanti | ata ūrddhvaṃ snigdhābhir yavāgūbhir jjāṅgalarasaiś copahared ā prasavakālāt | evam upakrāntāsnigdhāvalavatīsukham anupadravā prasūyate |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: garbhiṇī A₁₉₃₁: °tīyamāseṣu A₁₉₃₁: °hāram A₁₉₃₁: upaseveta, A₁₉₃₁: add viśeṣatas tu tṛtīye ṣaṣṭikaudanaṃ payasā A₁₉₃₁: bhojayeccaturthe A₁₉₃₁: add dadhnā A₁₉₃₁: pañcame A₁₉₃₁: add payasā ṣaṣṭhe sarpiṣā cetyeke, caturthe A₁₉₃₁: payonavanītasaṃsṛṣṭamāhārayejjāṅgalamāṃsasahitaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add hṛdyam annaṃ A₁₉₃₁: bhojayet , A₁₉₃₁: °rpiḥsaṃsṛṣṭaṃ , A₁₉₃₁: śvaśvadaṃ° A₁₉₃₁: sarpiṣo mātrāṃ A₁₉₃₁: pāyayed A₁₉₃₁: vā, A₁₉₃₁: add sarpiḥ A₁₉₃₁: pṛthakparṇyā° A₁₉₃₁: āpyāyate H: garvbhaḥ | A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: bada° A₁₉₃₁: balātibalāśatapuṣpāpalalapayodadhimastutailalavaṇamadanaphalamadhughṛtami° A₁₉₃₁: anulomanārthaṃ A₁₉₃₁: payomadhurakaṣāyasi° A₁₉₃₁: °dravā A₁₉₃₁: bhavati, A₁₉₃₁: yavāgbhir A₁₉₃₁: jāṅgalarasaiścopakramedāpra° A₁₉₃₁: upakrāntā snigdhā balavatī sukhamanu°

1931 ed., 3.10.5navame māsi sūtikāgāram enāṃ praveśayet | praśaste tithyādau | tatreṣṭāgāraṃ brāhmaṇakṣattriyavaiśyaśūdrāṇāṃ śvetaraktakṛṣṇeṣu bhūmipradeśeṣu | vilvanyagrodhatindukanirmmitaṃ sarvvāgāran tat mayañ ca paryavanaddhaṃ samupaliptabhittiparicchadaṃ prāgdvāram udagdvāram vāṣṭahastāyata caturhastavistṛtaṃ rakṣāmaṃgalasampannam vidheyaṃ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °gāramenāṃ A₁₉₃₁: praśastati° A₁₉₃₁: tatrāriṣṭaṃ H: vrāhma° H: sveta° A₁₉₃₁: °ktapītakṛṣṇeṣu A₁₉₃₁: bilvanyagrodhatindukabhallātaka° A₁₉₃₁: sarvāgāraṃ A₁₉₃₁: yathāsaṅkhyaṃ A₁₉₃₁: tanmayaparyaṅkam A₁₉₃₁: upaliptabhittiṃ suvibhaktapa° A₁₉₃₁: kakṣiṇadvāraṃ A₁₉₃₁: vā 'ṣṭahastāyataṃ

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add jāte hi śithile kukṣau mukte hṛdayabandhane || saśūle jaghane vārī jñeyā sā tu prajāyinī ||

1931 ed., 3.10.7tatropasthitaprasavāyāḥ kaṭīpṛṣṭhaṃ pratisamantād vedanā bhavati | mūtramabhīkṣṇam prasicyate | yonimukhāc ca śleṣmā

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: prati sa° A₁₉₃₁: abhīkṣṇaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add purīṣapravṛttir mūtraṃ A₁₉₃₁: °khāc chleṣmā A₁₉₃₁: add ca ||

1931 ed., 3.10.8prajāyiṣyamāṇāṃ tusvabhyaktām uṣṇodakapariṣiktagātrīṅ kṛtamaṅgalāmathenāṃ sa ghṛtāṃ yavāgūṃ kaṇṭhāt pītavatī mṛduni kṛtopadhānavistīrṇṇe śayane sthitāmābhugnasakthinīmuttānām aśaṅkanīyās tisraś catasraḥ pariṇatavayasaḥ | vrajananakuśalāḥ kalpitanakhyaḥ paricareyuriti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: prajanayi° A₁₉₃₁: add kṛtamaṅgalasvastivācanāṃ kumāraparivṛtāṃ A₁₉₃₁: punnāmaphalahastāṃ svabhyaktāmuṣṇodakapariṣiktāmathaināṃ A₁₉₃₁: sambhṛtāṃ A₁₉₃₁: yavāgūmākaṇ° A₁₉₃₁: pāyayet, tataḥ A₁₉₃₁: °dhāne mṛduni vistīrṇe A₁₉₃₁: °sakthīmuttānāmaśaṅkanīyāścatasraḥ A₁₉₃₁: striyaḥ A₁₉₃₁: praja° A₁₉₃₁: kartitanakhāḥ A₁₉₃₁: °reyur iti ||

1931 ed., 3.10.9athāsyā viśikhāntaramanulomāyām anusukhamabhyaṃjyāt | vrūyāc cainām etāḥ subhage pravāhayaśceti | mā cāprāptāvīḥ pravāhiṣṭhāḥ | anāgatā svāviṣu pravāhamāṇāḥ | vadhiraṃ mūkaṃ srastahanuṃ mūrddhābhighātinaṃ kāsaśvāsaśoṣopadrutaṃ kuvjaṃ vikaṭam vā janayati |tasmād anāgatāvī na pravāheta | sraste tu kukṣau vimukte garbhanāḍī pravandhe samūle śroṇīvaṃkṣaṇavastiśiraḥ supravāheta śanaiḥ śanais tato garbhayonimukhaṃ prapannagāḍhataram āviśalyabhāvāt |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °lomam-asunukhamabhyajyānubrūyāc A₁₉₃₁: caināmikā A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: pravāhasveti, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: nacāprāptāvī A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: pravāhasva, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tato A₁₉₃₁: om H: garvbhanāḍī A₁₉₃₁: °ḍīprabandhe A₁₉₃₁: saśūleṣu A₁₉₃₁: śroṇivaṅkṣaṇabastiśiraḥsu A₁₉₃₁: ca pravāhethāḥ A₁₉₃₁: add (pūrvaṃ ), A₁₉₃₁: add garbhanirgame pragāḍhaṃ, tato H: garvbhayo° A₁₉₃₁: garbhe yo° A₁₉₃₁: prapanne gāḍhataramāvi° A₁₉₃₁: add akālapravāhaṇādbadhiraṃ mūkaṃ kubjaṃ vyastahanumūrdhvābhighātinaṃ kāsaśvāsaśoṣopadrutaṃ vikaṭaṃ vā janayati ||

1931 ed., 3.10.10tatra pratilom anupānaṃ pāyayet śosayet |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: pratilomam A₁₉₃₁: anulomayet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add garbhasaṅge tu yoniṃ dhūpayet kṛṣṇasarpanirmokeṇa piṇḍītakena vā, badhnīyād dhiraṇyapuṣpīmūlaṃ hastapādayoḥ, dhārayet suvarcalāṃ viśalyāṃ vā ||

1931 ed., 3.10.12jātasyolvaṃ viśodhyāsyaṃ saindhavasarppiṣāṣṭāṃgulāvaśeṣāṃ nāḍīm vaddhayitvā kuṣṭhatailenābhyajya sūtreṇāvaddhya kumārasya grīvāyām vadhnīyāt |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add atha A₁₉₃₁: jātasyolbamapanīya , A₁₉₃₁: mukhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: °ṣā A₁₉₃₁: add viśodhya, ghṛtāktaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add mūrdhni A₁₉₃₁: picuṃ A₁₉₃₁: dadyāt; A₁₉₃₁: tato nābhivāḍīmaṣṭāṅgulam āyamya A₁₉₃₁: sūtreṇa baddhvā A₁₉₃₁: add chedayet, tat sūtraikadeśaṃ ca A₁₉₃₁: add samyag A₁₉₃₁: badhnī°

1931 ed., 3.10.13atha kumāraṃ śītābhir adbhir āśvāsya jātakarmmaṇi madhusarppiranantāmiśraṃ vrahmīrasena suvarṇṇamaṅgulyā nāsikayā lehayet | sūtikāñ ca ghṛtatailayor anyatarasya mātrāṃ pipalyādi kaṣāyam anupānam pāyayet | valavatīm avalāṃ yavāgūn trirātram pañcarātram vā || ata ūrddhvaṃ snigdhenānnasaṃsarggeṇopacaret snehanity ā ca syāt |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add kṛte A₁₉₃₁: °nantacūrṇam A₁₉₃₁: aṅgulyā A₁₉₃₁: 'nāmikayā A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tato A₁₉₃₁: balātailenābhyajya, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: kṣīravṛkṣakaṣāyeṇa A₁₉₃₁: sarvagandhodakena A₁₉₃₁: add vā A₁₉₃₁: rūpyahemaprataptena A₁₉₃₁: vā A₁₉₃₁: vāriṇā snāpayed enaṃ A₁₉₃₁: kapitthapatrakaṣāyeṇa A₁₉₃₁: add koṣṇena A₁₉₃₁: yathākālaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add yathādoṣaṃ A₁₉₃₁: yathāvibhavaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add dhamanīnāṃ hṛdisthānāṃ vivṛtatvād anantaram || catūrātrāt trirātrād vā strīṇāṃ stanyaṃ pravartate ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add tasmāt prathame 'hni madhusarpir-anantamiśraṃ mantrapūtaṃ trikālaṃ pāyayet, dvitīye lakṣmaṇāsiddhaṃ sarpiḥ, tṛtīye ca; tataḥ prāṅgivāritastanyaṃ madhusarpiḥ svapāṇitalasaṃmitaṃ dvikālaṃ pāyayet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add atha sūtikāṃ balātailābhyaktāṃ vātaharauṣadhaniṣkvāthenopacaret | saśeṣadoṣāṃ tu tad ahaḥ pippalīpippalīmūlahastipippalīcitrakaśṛṅgaveracūrṇaṃ guḍodakenoṣṇena pāyayet, evaṃ dvirātraṃ trirātraṃ vā kuryād āduṣṭaśoṇitāt | viśuddhe tato vidārigandhādisiddhāṃ snehayavāgūṃ kṣīrayavāgūṃ vā pāyayet trirātram | tato yavakolakulatthasiddhena śālyodanaṃ bhojayed balam agnibalaṃ cāvekṣya | anena vidhinā 'dhyardhamāsam upasaṃskṛtā vimuktāhārācārā vigatasūtikābhidhānā syāt, punar ārtavadarśanād ity eke ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add dhavvabhūmijātāṃ tu sūtikāṃ ghṛtatailayor anyatarasya mātrāṃ pāyayet pippalyādikaṣāyānupānāṃ, snehan ity ā ca syāt trirātraṃ pañcarātraṃ vā (balavatī ;) abalāṃ yavāgūṃ pāyayet trirātraṃ pañcarātraṃ vā | ata ūrdhvaṃ snigdhenānnasaṃsargeṇopacaret ||

1931 ed., 3.10.18prāyaścainām prabhūtenoṣṇodakena pariṣiñcet krodhāyāsamaithunādīm̐ś ca pariharet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: prāyaśaś caināṃ A₁₉₃₁: °dīn

1931 ed., 3.10.19bhavati cātra ||
mithyācārāt sūtikāyā yovyādhirupajāyate |
sa kṛcchrasādhyo 'sādhyo vā bhaveddhātvapakarṣarṇāt ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: bhavataś A₁₉₃₁: yo vyā° A₁₉₃₁: bhaved atyapatarpaṇāt ||

1931 ed., 3.10.20tasmāt tāṃ deśakālau tu vyādhisātmyena karmmaṇā |
parīkṣyopacaren nityam evaṃ nātyayam āpnuyāt ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: ca

1931 ed., 3.10.21athāmarāmapatantīm pātayet kaṇṭham asyāḥkeśaveṣṭitayāṅgulyā pramṛśet kaṭukā lāvukṛtavedhanasarṣapasarppanirmmocakair vvā kuṭatailair yonim udrūpayet | lāṅgalakīmūlakalkena vāsyāḥ pāṇipādatalam ālimpet | kuṣṭhalāṅgalakīmūlakalkam vā madyamūtrayor anyatareṇa pāyayet | śālimūlakalkam vā pi ppalyādikalkam vā madyena | siddhārthakakuṣṭhailālāṅgalakīmahāvṛkṣakṣīrasurāmaṇḍairāsthāpayet | etaiṣveva ca siddhena siddhārthakatailenottaracūrṇṇavastiś cāsyai dadyāt | hastena cāpaharet |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: athāparā 'patanty A₁₉₃₁: add ānāhādhmānau kurute, A₁₉₃₁: tasmāt A₁₉₃₁: kaṇṭhamasyāḥ keśaveṣṭitayā 'ṅgulyā A₁₉₃₁: pramṛjet, A₁₉₃₁: kaṭukālābukṛtavedhanasarṣapasarpanirmokair A₁₉₃₁: kaṭutailavimiśrair A₁₉₃₁: yonimukhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: dhūpayet, A₁₉₃₁: lāṅgalīmū° A₁₉₃₁: vā 'syāḥ A₁₉₃₁: add mūrdhni vā 'syā mahāvṛkṣakṣīram anusecayet, A₁₉₃₁: kuṣṭhalāṅgalīmū° A₁₉₃₁: pāyayet, śālamū° A₁₉₃₁: pippalyādiṃ A₁₉₃₁: °kuṣṭhalāṅgalīmahāvṛkṣakṣīramiśreṇa surāmaṇḍena vā 'sthāpayet, A₁₉₃₁: etair eva A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °rabastiṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: add snigdhena vā A₁₉₃₁: kṛttanakhena A₁₉₃₁: hastenāpa°

1931 ed., 3.10.22prajātāyās tu vastiśirodarayoniśūlaṃ raktaṃ saṃruddhya vāyuḥ karoti sa makkalaḥ | tatra yavakṣāracūrṇṇaṃ sarppiṣā sukhodakena pāyayet || lavaṇacūrṇṇam vā surāmaṇḍena | purāṇaguḍam vā trikaṭuka trijātakakustumvurumiśram vā khādayet | pṛthakparṇṇyādikvāthaṃ bhadradārumaricavacāsaṃsṛṣṭam pāyayet |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add ca nāryā A₁₉₃₁: rukṣaśarīrāyāstīkṣṇair-aviśodhitaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add vāyunā A₁₉₃₁: taddeśagatenātisaṃruddhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add nābheradhaḥ A₁₉₃₁: pārśvayor A₁₉₃₁: add bastau bastiśirasi vā granthiṃ A₁₉₃₁: tataś A₁₉₃₁: add ca nābhibastyudaraśūlāni A₁₉₃₁: bhavanti, sūcībhir A₁₉₃₁: iva A₁₉₃₁: add nistudyate bhidyate A₁₉₃₁: add dīryata iva ca pakvāśayaḥ, samantādādhmānamudare mūtrasaṅgaś ca bhavatīti A₁₉₃₁: makkallalakṣaṇam | A₁₉₃₁: add tatra A₁₉₃₁: sukhoṣṇena A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °cūrṇena A₁₉₃₁: add vīratarvādisiddhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: jalamuṣakādipratīvāpaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add pāyayet, A₁₉₃₁: yavakṣāracūrṇaṃ A₁₉₃₁: pippalyādikvāthena, A₁₉₃₁: add pippalyādicūrṇaṃ vā surāmaṇḍena, A₁₉₃₁: varuṇādikvāthaṃ A₁₉₃₁: pañcakolailāpratīvāpaṃ, A₁₉₃₁: add vā A₁₉₃₁: °casaṃsṛṣṭaṃ, A₁₉₃₁: add purāṇaguḍaṃ vā A₁₉₃₁: trikaṭukacaturjātakakustumburumuśraṃ khādet, A₁₉₃₁: add acchaṃ vā pibed ariṣṭam iti ||

1931 ed., 3.10.23atha vālaṃ kṣaumaparihitaṃ kṣaumakārppāsās tṛtāyāṃ śāyayīta | nimvapīluparuṣaka śākhābhiś cainaṃ parivījayet | mūrddhni cāsya tailapicum avatārayet | dhūpayec cainaṃ rakṣoghnaiddhūpaiḥ | rakṣoghnāni cāsya pāṇipādaśirogrīvāsvavasujet | tilātasīsarṣapakaṇāś cātra prakiret | adhiṣṭhāne cāgnim prajvālayet | vraṇitopāsanīyañ cāvekṣyeta

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: bālaṃ A₁₉₃₁: °rivṛtaṃ A₁₉₃₁: kṣaumavastrāstṛtāyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: add śayyāyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: śāyayet, A₁₉₃₁: pīlubadarīnimbaparūṣakaśā° A₁₉₃₁: cāsyāharahastaila° A₁₉₃₁: avacāra° A₁₉₃₁: rakṣoghnair dhūpaiḥ, A₁₉₃₁: °vāsv avasṛjet, A₁₉₃₁: °kaṇāṃś A₁₉₃₁: cāvekṣeta ||

1931 ed., 3.10.24tato daśamyāṃ mātāpitarau kṛtamaṅgalakautukau svastivācakapūrvvakaṃ nāma kuryāt āṃ | yathābhipretaṃ nakṣatran nāma vā |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: daśame A₁₉₃₁: add 'hani A₁₉₃₁: °canaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add kṛtvā A₁₉₃₁: yad abhi° A₁₉₃₁: nakṣatranāma

1931 ed., 3.10.25tato yathāvarṇṇaṃ dhātrīm upasthāpayet | kṛṣāmasthūlām vayaḥsthāmam avyādhitām prasannakṣīrāmavalamvorddhastanīm avyaṅgām avyasanaṃ nījīvavatsāṃvatsalāṃ dogdhīm akṣudrāṃkule jātamato bhūyiṣṭaiś ca guṇair anvitām ārogyavalavṛddhaye kumārasya | tatrātikṛṣātisthūlāninditā vyādhitāś ca vyākhyātās tāviṣamadhātutvād rogān āpādayanti vālasya viśeṣataḥ | ūrdhvastanī karālaṃ kumāraṃ kuryāl lamvastanī nāsikāmukhaṃ cchādayitvā maraṇam āpādayanti | atha praśastāṃ śirasnātā mahadvāsasām udaṅmukhīm upaveśya dakṣiṇaṃ stanaṃ kumāraṃ pūrvvam pāyayet || anena mantreṇābhimantrya ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: upeyān A₁₉₃₁: add madhyamapramāṇāṃ A₁₉₃₁: madhyamavayaskām A₁₉₃₁: add arogāṃ A₁₉₃₁: śīlavatīm A₁₉₃₁: add acapalām alolupām akṛśām asthūlāṃ A₁₉₃₁: °kṣīrām alambauṣṭhīm alambordhvastanīm A₁₉₃₁: avyasaninīṃ jīvadvatsāṃ dogdhrīṃ va° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: akṣudrakarmiṇīṃ kule A₁₉₃₁: jātāmato A₁₉₃₁: bhūyiṣṭhaiś A₁₉₃₁: add śyāmām A₁₉₃₁: ārogyabala° A₁₉₃₁: bālasya | A₁₉₃₁: tatrordhva° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: kuryāt , A₁₉₃₁: lambastanī A₁₉₃₁: āpādayet | A₁₉₃₁: tataḥ A₁₉₃₁: praśastāyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: add tithau A₁₉₃₁: śiraḥsnātam A₁₉₃₁: ahatavāsasam A₁₉₃₁: udaṅmukhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add śiśum upaveśya dhātrīṃ prāṅmukhīm A₁₉₃₁: dhautam A₁₉₃₁: īṣatparisrutam A₁₉₃₁: abhimantrya A₁₉₃₁: mantreṇānena A₁₉₃₁: add pāyayet ||

1931 ed., 3.10.26catvāraḥ sāgarāḥ puṇyāḥ stanānāṃ kṣīravāhināṃ |
santu te śubhage nityaṃ vālasyānuvalapradāḥ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: `ca° A₁₉₃₁: tubhyaṃ A₁₉₃₁: stanayoḥ A₁₉₃₁: °hiṇaḥ | A₁₉₃₁: bhavantu A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: subhage A₁₉₃₁: bālasya A₁₉₃₁: add balavṛddhaye ||

1931 ed., 3.10.27piben vālomṛtarasaṃ payas tava śubhānane |
dīrgham āyur avāpnotu devāḥ prāśyāmṛtaṃ yathā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: payo H: piven A₁₉₃₁: 'mṛtarasaṃpītvā A₁₉₃₁: kumāras A₁₉₃₁: te

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add ato 'nyathā nānāstanyopayogasyāsātmyād vyādhijanma bhavati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add aparisrute 'py atistabdhastanyapūrṇastanapānādutsuhitasrotasaḥ śiśoḥ kāsaśvāsavamī prādurbhāvaḥ | tasmād evaṃ vidhānāṃ stanyaṃ na pāyayet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add krodhaśokāvātsalyādibhiś ca striyāḥ stanyanāśo bhavati | athāsyāḥ kṣīrajananārthaṃ saumanasyam utpādya yavagodhūmaśāliṣaṣṭikamāṃsarasasurāsauvīrakapiṇyākalaśunamatsyakaśerukaśṛṅgāṭakabisavidārikandamadhukaśatāvarīnalikālābūkālaśākaprabhṛtīni vidadhyāt ||

1931 ed., 3.10.31athāsyāḥ kṣīrasañjananārthaṃ yavagodhūmaśāliṣaṣṭikamāṃsakṣīrasurāsauvīrapiṇyāka rasonamatsyakaśerukāśṛṅgāṭakavidārīkandaśatāvarīviśamṛṇālanālikālāvukālaśākaprabhṛtīni vidadhyāt | atha tasyāḥ stanyam apsu parīkṣeta tac cec chītalam amalaṃ tanuṃ śaṃkhāvabhāsaṃ apsu caikībhāvaṃ gacchaty aphenilam̐ matraṇḍulaṃ na plavate sīdati vā tac chuddham iti vindyāt | tena kumārasyārogyaṃ bhavati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om H: taccecchī° A₁₉₃₁: tanu A₁₉₃₁: nyastam ekī° H: gacchatyaLphe° A₁₉₃₁: aphenilam A₁₉₃₁: atantum A₁₉₃₁: annotplavate A₁₉₃₁: 'vasīdati A₁₉₃₁: vidyāt, A₁₉₃₁: add śarīropacayo balavṛddhiś ca A₁₉₃₁: add na ca kṣudhitaśokārtaśrāntapraduṣṭadhātugarbhiṇījvaritātikṣīṇātisthūlavidagdhabhaktaviruddhāhāratarpitāyāḥ stanyaṃ pāyayet; nājīrṇauṣadhaṃ ca bālaṃ, doṣauṣadhamalānāṃ tīvravegotpattibhayāt ||

1931 ed., 3.10.32bhavati cātra ||
dhātryās tu gurubhir bhojyair vviṣalais tathā |
doṣā dehe prakupyanti tata stanyam praduṣyati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: bhavanti A₁₉₃₁: viṣamair A₁₉₃₁: add doṣalais A₁₉₃₁: tataḥ

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add mithyāhāravihāriṇya duṣṭā vātādayaḥ striyāḥ || dūṣayanti payas tena śārīrā vyādhayaḥ śiśoḥ || bhavanti kuśalas tāṃś ca bhiṣak samyag vibhāvayet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add aṅgapratyaṅgadeśe tu rujā yatrāsya jāyate || muhurmuhuḥ spṛśati taṃ spṛśyamāne ca roditi ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add nimīlitākṣo mūrdhasthe śiro roge na dhārayet || bastis the mūtrasaṅgārto rujā tṛṣyati mūrcchati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add viṇmūtrasaṅgavaivarṇyacchardyādhmānāntrakūjanaiḥ || koṣṭhe doṣān vijānīyāt sarvatrasthāṃś ca rodanaiḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.10.37duṣṭaṃprāguktan tena śarīrāvyādhayaḥ prādurbhavanti | teṣu ca yathābhihitaṃ mṛdvacchedanīyam auṣadham mātrayā kṣīrasya kṣīrasarppiḥ saṃyuktaṃ vidadhyāt | dhātryāś ca kevalaṃ | kṣīrānnād asya kalkī kṛtaṃ | dhātryāś ca pūrvvavat | annād asya kaṣāyādīnām ātmanyeva na dhātryāḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om H: prādurvbhavanti | A₁₉₃₁: mṛdv acche° A₁₉₃₁: kṣīrapasya A₁₉₃₁: kṣīrasarpiṣā A₁₉₃₁: vidadhyāt, A₁₉₃₁: asyātmani A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: ca, annādasya A₁₉₃₁: °dīn A₁₉₃₁: ātmany eva

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add tatra māsādūrdhvaṃ kṣīrapāyāṅguliparvadvayagraha(ṇa)saṃmitāmauṣadhamātrāṃ vidadhyāt, kolāsthisaṃmitāṃ kalkamātrāṃ kṣīrānnādāya, kolasaṃmitāmannādāyeti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add yeṣāṃ gadānāṃ ye yogāḥ pravakṣyante 'gadaṅkarāḥ || teṣu tat kalkasaṃliptau pāyayeta śiśuṃ stanau ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add ekaṃ dve trīṇi cāhāni vātapittakaphajvare || stanyapāyāhitaṃ sarpiritarābhyāṃ yathārthataḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add na ca tṛṣṇābhayād atra pāyayeta śiśuṃ stanau || virekabastivamanānyṛte kuryāc ca nātyayāt ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add mastuluṅgakṣayād yasya vāyus tālv asthi nāmayet || tasya tṛḍdainyayuktasya sarpirmadhurakaiḥ śṛtam ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add pānābhyañjanayor yojyaṃ śītāmbūdvejanaṃ tathā || vātenādhmāpitāṃ nābhiṃ sarujāṃ tuṇḍisaṃjñitām ||

1931 ed., 3.10.44vālānāṃ gudapākeṣu pittaghnīṃ kārayet kriyāṃ |
rasāñjanam viśeṣeṇa pānālepanayorhitaṃ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add mārutaghnaiḥ praśamayet snehasvedopanāhanaiḥ || A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °ke tu A₁₉₃₁: add bālānāṃ A₁₉₃₁: °nayor hitam ||

1931 ed., 3.10.45kṣīrāhārasya siddhārthakavacāpayasyāśārivāvrahmīkuṣṭhasaindhavasiddhaṃ sarppiḥ pātuṃ prayacchet | kṣīrānnād asya madhukavacātriphalāsiddhaṃ | annād asya dvipañcamūlīkṣīratagarabhadradāruviḍaṅga- drākṣādisiddhaṃ tena kumārasyārogyavalamedhāyūṃṣi bhavanti |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: kṣīrāhārāya A₁₉₃₁: add sarpiḥ pāyayet A₁₉₃₁: siddhārthakavacāmāṃsīpayasyāpāmārgaśatāvarīsārivābrāhmīpippapīharidrākuṣ° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: kṣīrānnādāya A₁₉₃₁: madhukavacāpippalīcitrakatri° A₁₉₃₁: annādāya A₁₉₃₁: °rumaricamadhukaviḍaṅga-drākṣādvibrāhmīsiddaṃ ; A₁₉₃₁: tenārogyabala° A₁₉₃₁: śiśorbhavanti ||

1931 ed., 3.10.46vālaṃ punar ggātreṣu na gṛṅṇīyāt | na cainaṃ tarjjayet sahasā vā na prabodhayed vitrāsabhayāt | sahasā nāhared utkṣiped vātābhighātabhayān nopaveśayet kauvjabhayān nityaṃ cainam anuvartteta priyahitair eva m abhihitamanādyamapyabhivarddhate nityamudagrasatvasampannastv arogo bhavati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: bālaṃ A₁₉₃₁: gātrasukhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: gṛhṇīyāt, A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: pratibo° H: pravodha° A₁₉₃₁: nāpaha° A₁₉₃₁: add vā A₁₉₃₁: vātādivighā° A₁₉₃₁: kaubjyabha° A₁₉₃₁: priyśatair A₁₉₃₁: add ajighāṃsuḥ; A₁₉₃₁: evam A₁₉₃₁: anabhihatamanās tv abhi° A₁₉₃₁: nityam udagrasat tv asaṃpanno A₁₉₃₁: nīrogaḥ A₁₉₃₁: add suprasannamanāś ca A₁₉₃₁: add vātātapavidyutprabhāpādapalatāśūnyāgāranimnasthānagra(gṛ?)hacchāyādibhyo durgrahopasargataś ca bālaṃ rakṣet ||

1931 ed., 3.10.47bhavati cātra ||
nāśucau visṛjed vālaṃ nākāse viṣameṇa ca |
noṣṇamārutavarṣeṣu rajodhūmodakeṣu vā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: bālaṃ A₁₉₃₁: nākāśe A₁₉₃₁: viṣame na A₁₉₃₁: noṣmamā° A₁₉₃₁: ca ||

1931 ed., 3.10.48kṣīrasātmyatayākṣīramājaṃ gavyam athāpi vā |
dadyād astanyam aprāptau vālebhyo vīkṣya mātrayā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °yā kṣīramājaṃ A₁₉₃₁: āstanyaparyāpter A₁₉₃₁: bālānāṃ

1931 ed., 3.10.49ṣaṇmāsāc cainam annam prāśayel laghuhitaṃ

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: ṣaṇmāsaṃ A₁₉₃₁: cainamannaṃ A₁₉₃₁: laghu hitaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add ca ||

1931 ed., 3.10.50nityam avarodhaś ca | syāt kṛtarakṣaḥ | upasarggabhayā grahopasarggebhyo rakṣyā vālā bhavanti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: avarodharataś A₁₉₃₁: °yāt; prayatnataś ca A₁₉₃₁: bālā

1931 ed., 3.10.51atha kumāra udvijate trasyati roditi naṣṭasaṃjño bhavati || nakhadaśanair ddhātrīm ātmānañ ca paritudati dantān khādati kūjati jṛmbhate bhrūvāvutkṣipaty ūrddhvan nirīkṣate phenam udvamati sandaṣṭauṣṭhaḥ krūrabhinnārttasvaro niśi jāgartti durvvalomnāṅgo yathāpūrvvaṃ dhātryāḥ stanyan nābhilaṣatīti sāmānyaṃ grahopasṛṣṭalakṣaṇ uktaṃ | vistareṇotta re vakṣyāmaḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °śanairghātrīmātmānaṃ A₁₉₃₁: pariṇudati A₁₉₃₁: bhruvau vikṣipaty A₁₉₃₁: ūrdhvaṃ A₁₉₃₁: kūro bhinnāmavarcā dīnā° A₁₉₃₁: durbalo mlānāṅgo A₁₉₃₁: add matsyaccahucchrundarimatkuṇagandho A₁₉₃₁: yathā purā A₁₉₃₁: stanyam A₁₉₃₁: add abhilaṣati tathā A₁₉₃₁: sāmānyena A₁₉₃₁: °kṣaṇam A₁₉₃₁: vistareṇottare

1931 ed., 3.10.52śaktimantaṃ cainaṃ jñātvā yathā svam vidyāṃ grāhayet |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: yathāvarṇaṃ

1931 ed., 3.10.53athāsmai pañcaviṃśativarṣāya ṣoḍaśavarṣām patnīm āvahen mitradharmmārthakāmaprajāḥ prāpsyāmīti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: dvādaśa° A₁₉₃₁: āvahet A₁₉₃₁: pitryadha° A₁₉₃₁: prāpsyatīti ||

1931 ed., 3.10.54bhavati cātra || ūnaṣoḍaśavarṣāyām aprāptaḥ pañcaviṃśatiḥ | yadyādhatte pumān garbhaḥ kukṣisthaḥ savipadyate |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: °śatim || A₁₉₃₁: yady ādhatte A₁₉₃₁: umān A₁₉₃₁: garbhaṃ H: garvbhaḥ A₁₉₃₁: sa vi°

1931 ed., 3.10.55jātovā ni ciraṃ jīved vā durvvalendriyaḥ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: jāto vā A₁₉₃₁: na A₁₉₃₁: add jīved A₁₉₃₁: durbalen° A₁₉₃₁: add tasmād atyantabālāyāṃ garbhādhānaṃ na kārayet ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add ativṛddhāyāṃ dīrgharogiṇyām anyena vā vikāreṇopasṛṣṭāyāṃ garbhādhānaṃ naiva kurvīta | puruṣasyāpy evaṃvidhasya ta eva doṣāḥ saṃbhavanti ||

1931 ed., 3.10.57tatra pūrvoktaiḥ kāraṇaiḥ prapatiṣyati garbha | garvbhāsayaśroṇīvaṃkṣaṇavastiśūlāni bhavanti | raktadarśanañ ca | tāsām pariṣekāvagāhālepanair upacaret kṣīrapānaiś ca | alpālpasyandate kṣīramutpalādi siddham vā pāyayet | saṃsramāne savātapārśvaśūlānāha mūtrasaṅgāḥ sthānāt sthānaṃ cotkrāmati garbhaḥ | tatra snigdhaṃ śītāḥ kriyāḥ | vedanāyāṃ mahāsahamadhukasvadaṃṣṭrakaṇṭakārikāsiddha payaḥ | kṣaudraśarkarāmiśram pāyayet | mūtrasaṅge darvbhādisiddhaṃ | ānāhe hiṃgusauvarccalaraso na siddhaṃ sravati rakte koṣṭhāt kaṇṭakārikāmṛtpiṇḍagairikasarjjarasāñjanacūrṇṇa yathālābhaṃnyagrodhāditvakpravālakalkan vā pāyayet | utpalādikase di siddham vā | vṛhatīdvayotpalaśārivāpayasyāmadhukasiddham vā | etenopavarttate rujasu garbhaś cāpy āyyate || māsānumāsikam vyavasthivyenodumvaraśalāṭusiddhena payasā bhojayet | atīte lavaṇaṃ varjyābhir uddālukādīnāṃ pācanīyopasaṃbhṛtābhir upakrāmet yāvanto māsā garbhasya tāvantyahāni vastyudaraśūle purāṇaguḍan dīpanīyasaṃyuktam pāyayed ariṣṭam vā | vātātapaśramasevinyā vātopahīhītatvāt srotasāṃ līyate garbhaḥ sotikālam avatiṣṭhamāno vyāpadyate | tāṃ mṛdunā snehādinā krameṇopacaret | utkrosarasaṃ yavāgūñ cālpasnehām prayacchet | kālātītasthāyini garbhaviśeṣato dhānyam udūkhalamusalenābhihanyāt | viṣamam vā yānāsanam upasevet | vātābhipanna eva śuṣyati garbhaḥ samātuḥ kukṣin na pūrayati | mandaṃ spandate ca taṃ vṛṃhaṇīyaḥ payobhir mmāṃsarasaiś copacaret | śukraśoṇitaṃ vāyunoparuddham anavaktrāntajīvam ādhmāpayatyudaran tat kadācid yadṛcchayopaśāntan naigameṣā pahṛtam iti vadanti | tam eva kadācit pravilīyamānam āpūryamāṇam vā nāgodaram ity āhus tatrāpi līnavat pratikāraḥ | nivṛttaprasavāyāḥ punaḥ ṣaḍbhyo varṣebhya ūrddhvam prasavatyāḥ kumāro 'lpāyur bhavati |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: om pra° A₁₉₃₁: garbhe H: garvbha | A₁₉₃₁: garbhāśayakaṭīvaṅkṣaṇabasti° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: tatra A₁₉₃₁: add śītaiḥ A₁₉₃₁: °gāhapradehādibhir A₁₉₃₁: upacarejjīvanīyaśṛtakṣī° A₁₉₃₁: add ca; A₁₉₃₁: garbhasphuraṇe A₁₉₃₁: add muhurmuhus tat sandhāraṇārthaṃ A₁₉₃₁: kṣīram utpalādisiddhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: prasraṃsamāne A₁₉₃₁: sadāhapārśvapṛṣṭhaśūlāsṛgdarānāhamū° A₁₉₃₁: copakrāmati A₁₉₃₁: garbhe koṣṭhe saṃrambhaḥ, H: garvbhaḥ | A₁₉₃₁: snigdhaśītāḥ A₁₉₃₁: mahāsahākṣudrasahāmadhukaśvadaṃṣṭrākaṇṭakārikāsiddhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: śarkarākṣaudramiśraṃ A₁₉₃₁: darbhādi° A₁₉₃₁: °lalaśunavacāsiddhaṃ; A₁₉₃₁: add atyarthaṃ A₁₉₃₁: koṣṭhāgārikāgāramṛtpiṇḍasamaṅgādhātakīkusumanavamālikāgairikasarjarasarasāñjanacūrṇaṃ madhunā 'valihyāt, A₁₉₃₁: °bhaṃ nyagrodhāditvakpravālakalkaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add payasā A₁₉₃₁: °kalkaṃ vā kaśeruśṛṅgāṭakaśālūkakalkaṃ vā śṛtena payasā, A₁₉₃₁: add udumbaraphalaudakakandakvāthena A₁₉₃₁: vā A₁₉₃₁: add śarkarābhadhumadhureṇa śālipiṣṭaṃ, A₁₉₃₁: nyagrodhādisvarasaparipītaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add vā vastrāvayavaṃ yonyāṃ dhārayet; athādṛṣṭaśoṇitavedanāyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: madhukadevadārumañjiṣṭhāpayasyāsiddhaṃ payaḥ pāyayet, A₁₉₃₁: add tad evāśmantakaśatāvarīpayasyāsiddhaṃ vidārigandhādisiddhaṃ vā, A₁₉₃₁: bṛhatīdvayotpalaśatāvarīsāri° A₁₉₃₁: add evaṃ kṣipram A₁₉₃₁: upakrāntāyā upāvartante A₁₉₃₁: rujo H: garvbhaś A₁₉₃₁: āyate; A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: vyavasthite ca garbhe gavyenoḍumbara° A₁₉₃₁: lavaṇasnehava° A₁₉₃₁: add yavāgūbhir A₁₉₃₁: uddālakā° A₁₉₃₁: °saṃskṛtābhir A₁₉₃₁: upakrameta H: garvbhasya A₁₉₃₁: tāvanty ahāni; A₁₉₃₁: bastyudaraśūleṣu A₁₉₃₁: °guḍaṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: vātopadravagṛhī° H: garvbhaḥ A₁₉₃₁: so 'ti° A₁₉₃₁: snehādikra° A₁₉₃₁: utkrośarasasaṃśsiddhām A₁₉₃₁: add analpasnehāṃ A₁₉₃₁: add pāyayet, A₁₉₃₁: māṣatilabilvaśalāṭusiddhān A₁₉₃₁: add vā kulmāṣān bhakṣayen madhumādhvīkaṃ A₁₉₃₁: cānupibet A₁₉₃₁: add saptarātraṃ; H: garvbhavi° A₁₉₃₁: garbhe vi° A₁₉₃₁: sadhānyam A₁₉₃₁: udūkhalaṃ mu° A₁₉₃₁: viṣame A₁₉₃₁: yān āsane A₁₉₃₁: seveta; H: garvbhaḥ A₁₉₃₁: sa mātuḥ A₁₉₃₁: kukṣiṃ A₁₉₃₁: bṛṃhaṇīyaiḥ A₁₉₃₁: copacaret; śukra° A₁₉₃₁: vāyunā 'bhiprapannam A₁₉₃₁: avakrānta° A₁₉₃₁: °yaty udaraṃ, A₁₉₃₁: taṃ A₁₉₃₁: °śāntaṃ A₁₉₃₁: °ṣāpahṛtam A₁₉₃₁: bhāṣante, A₁₉₃₁: pralī° A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: pratīkāraḥ || A₁₉₃₁: om H: vbhavati |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add ata ūrdhvaṃ māsānumāsikaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ ||

1931 ed., 3.10.59madhakuṃ śālivījañ ca payasyā suradāru ca |
aśmantakaḥ kṛṣṇatilās tāmravallī śatāvarī ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: madhukaṃ A₁₉₃₁: śākabījaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add tilāḥ A₁₉₃₁: kṛṣṇās

1931 ed., 3.10.60vṛkṣādanī payasyā ca latā sotpalaśārivā |
anantā śārivā rāsnā padmam madhukam eva ca ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: sotpalasārivā || A₁₉₃₁: sārivā A₁₉₃₁: padmā

1931 ed., 3.10.61vṛhatīdvayakāśmaryakṣīrīśuṃgātvaco ghṛtaṃ |
pṛthakparṇṇī valā śigra śvadaṃṣṭrā madhuyaṣṭikā ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: bṛhatyau kāśmarī cāpi kṣīriśuṅgās tvaco A₁₉₃₁: pṛśniparṇī A₁₉₃₁: balā A₁₉₃₁: śigru A₁₉₃₁: madhuparṇikā ||

1931 ed., 3.10.62śṛṅgāṭakamvisaṃ drākṣā kaseru madhukaṃ sitā |
vatsaite saptayogāḥ syur arddhaślokasamāpanāḥ ||
yathākramaṃ prayoktavyā garbhasrāve payoyutāḥ |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: śṛṅgāṭakaṃ bisaṃ A₁₉₃₁: kaśeru A₁₉₃₁: sapta yogāḥ A₁₉₃₁: yathāsaṃkhyaṃ H: garvbhasrāve

kapitthavilvavṛhatīpaṭolekṣunidigdhikā ||
mūlāni kṣīrasiddhāni pāyayed bhiṣag aṣṭame |

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: kapitthabṛhatībilvapa°

1931 ed., 3.10.64navame madhukānantā payasyāśārivām pivet ||
payas tu śritaśītam praśasyate ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: °tāpayasyāsārivāḥ A₁₉₃₁: pibet || A₁₉₃₁: add kṣīraṃ A₁₉₃₁: śuṇṭhīpayasyābhyāṃ A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: siddhaṃ A₁₉₃₁: syād daśame A₁₉₃₁: add hitam ||

1931 ed., 3.10.65sakṣīrā vā hitā śuṇṭhī madhukaṃ devadāru ca |
evam apyāyyate garbhas tīvrā ruk copaśāmyati ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: suradāru A₁₉₃₁: āpyāyate H: garvbhas

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add nivṛttaprasavāyās tu punaḥ ṣaḍbhyo varṣebhya ūrdhvaṃ prasavam ānāyā nāryāḥ kumāro 'lpāyur bhavati ||

1931 ed., 3.10.67 atha garvbhiṇī vyādhyutpannāvātyayec charddayen madhurāmlenānnopahitena | anulomayec ca saṃśamanīyam mṛdu vidadhyāt | annapānayor iti | aśnīyāc ca mṛduvīryaṅ garvbhāviruddhām̐ś ca kriyāyogān vidadhīta iti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: garbhiṇīṃ A₁₉₃₁: vyādhyutpattāv atyaye cha° A₁₉₃₁: add ca A₁₉₃₁: om A₁₉₃₁: madhuraprāyaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add garbhāviruddhaṃ ca, A₁₉₃₁: garbhāviruddhāś A₁₉₃₁: yathāyogaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add mṛdu prāyāḥ || A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.10.68 suvarṇṇaṃ rṇṇacūsukṛdaṃ kuṣṭham madhuvacā ghṛtaṃ |
matsyākṣakaḥśaṃkhapuṣpī sarppiḥ kāñcanam eva ca ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: add bhavanti cātra | A₁₉₃₁: sauvarṇaṃ A₁₉₃₁: sukṛtaṃ A₁₉₃₁: add cūrṇaṃ A₁₉₃₁: madhu A₁₉₃₁: add vacā || A₁₉₃₁: matsyākṣakaḥ śaṅ° A₁₉₃₁: add madhu A₁₉₃₁: sakāñ° A₁₉₃₁: om

1931 ed., 3.10.69arkkapuṣpī madhughṛtaṃ cūrṇṇitaṃ kanakan tathā |
suvarṇṇacūrṇṇavaiḍūryaṃ svetā dūrvvā ghṛtam madhuḥ ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: vacā || A₁₉₃₁: hemacūrṇāni kaiḍaryaḥ A₁₉₃₁: śvetā A₁₉₃₁: madhu ||

1931 ed., 3.10.70catvāro 'bhihitāḥ prāsyā arddhaślokasamāpanāḥ |
kumārāṇām vapur mmedhā valārogyakarāḥ śubhā iti ||

K, N, L A₁₉₃₁: prāśāḥ A₁₉₃₁: ślokārdheṣu caturṣv api || A₁₉₃₁: vapurmedhā A₁₉₃₁: balabuddhivivardhanāḥ || A₁₉₃₁: om

iti garvbhiṇīvyākaraṇaṃ śārīre daśamo 'dhyāyaḥ || o ||

1931 ed., 3.10.70.1bhūtacintā śukraśuddhiṃ garbhasaṅkramaṇan tathā |
garbhavyākaraṇañ caiva kāyavyākaraṇañ ca yat ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L H: garvbhasaṅ° H: garvbhavyā°

1931 ed., 3.10.70.2marmmasirāvibhaktiś ca sirātāḍanam eva ca |
dhamanīvyākaraṇa caiva garvbhiṇyāpūryate daśa ||

A₁₉₃₁, K, N, L

|| iti śārīrasthānaṃ samāptaṃ ||

	Select all
	A₁₉₃₁ Printed edition: Ācārya 1931: Śārīrasthāna
	K MS Kathmandu KL 699: Śārīrasthāna
	N MS Kathmandu NAK 1-1079: Śārīrasthāna
	H MS Kathmandu NAK 5-333: Śārīrasthāna
	L MS Lahore PUL Woolner 7082

<pc>
<abbr>
<add>
<cb>
<choice>
<corr>
<del>
<emph>
<ex>
<expan>
<foreign>
<gap>
<head>
<hi>
<l>
<label>
<lb>
<lg>
<milestone>
<note>
<num>
<pb>
<ptr>
<seg>
<unclear>
<g>
<anchor>
<locus>
<metamark>
<orig>
<retrace>
<sic>
<space>
<subst>
<supplied>
<surplus>
<caesura>
<sub>
<sup>
<app>
<lem>
<rdg>
comments

	ignore abbreviation sign ⌜॰⌟
	ignore addition sign
	ignore avagrahas ⌜'⌟
	ignore brackets
	ignore commas
	ignore semi-colons
	ignore daṇḍas
	ignore empty śirorekhā ⌜¯⌟
	ignore exclamation mark ⌜!⌟
	ignore explicit hiatus ⌜_⌟
	ignore hyphens and dashes
	ignore line fillers ⌜¦꣹𑑛𑑎⌟
	ignore middot ⌜·⌟
	ignore numbers
	ignore puṣpikās ⌜꣸❈⌟
	ignore periods/ellipses
	ignore quotation marks
	ignore slashes

	filter geminated t
	filter geminated consonants after r
	filter geminated m after h
	filter geminated aspirated consonants
	filter ṭh written as ṭ (some scripts)
	filter final nasal variants
	filter internal nasal variants
	filter visarga āḥ variants
	filter visarga aḥ before voiced consonants
	filter visarga aḥ before vowels
	filter other visarga variants
	filter internal visarga variants
	filter Vedic visarga variants
	filter final au/āv
	filter final anusvāra variants
	filter final anusvāra variants (Malayālam)
	filter sth written as sch (some scripts)
	filter kcch/kś
	filter cch/ch/cś/tś
	filter final t + voiced syllable
	filter final t + n/m
	filter final t + c/j
	filter sya,tra,ma before iti
	filter a a/ā
	filter -ena,-sya + u-
	filter i i/ī
	filter ā + iti
	filter e/a + i
	filter i/y + vowel
	filter l and ḻ
	filter pṛṣṭhamātrā e (Devanāgarī)
	filter pṛṣṭhamātrā ai (Devanāgarī)
	filter pṛṣṭhamātrā o (Devanāgarī)
	filter pṛṣṭhamātrā au (Devanāgarī)
	filter b written as v (some scripts)
	filter dbh written as bhd (some scripts)
	filter śa written as sa (some scripts)
	filter valapalagilaka (Telugu)

User Tools

The Nepalese Version of the Suśrutasaṃhitā, Śārīrasthāna, based on the Nepalese MSS, new edition (NE)

[Śārīrasthāna]

[Adhyāya 1. Draft based on MS H]

[Adhyāya 2: draft based on MS H (2023-07-29)]

[Adhyāya 3. Draft based on MS H]

[Adhyāya 4. Draft based on MS H]

[Adhyāya 5. Draft based on MS H]

[Adhyāya 6. Draft based on MS H]

[Adhyāya 7. Draft based on MS H]

[Adhyāya 8. Draft based on MS H]

[Adhyāya 9. Draft based on MS H]

Page Tools

saktumIva